TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL INC
S-1/A, 1998-07-15
TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
Previous: LAMALIE ASSOCIATES INC, 10-Q, 1998-07-15
Next: VORNADO REALTY LP, 8-K/A, 1998-07-15




   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 15, 1998
                                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-56567
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ---------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                   FORM S-1
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ---------------
                      TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                              <C>
                DELAWARE                              4724                       52-2030324
        (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF   (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL        (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
        INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)     CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)     IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
                                                                                         JOSEPH V. VITTORIA
                                                                                CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                   TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC.                          TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          220 CONGRESS PARK DRIVE                                     220 CONGRESS PARK DRIVE
                        DELRAY BEACH, FLORIDA 33445                                 DELRAY BEACH, FLORIDA 33445
                                (561) 266-0860                                             (561) 266-0860
         (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,         (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
 INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)           INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
</TABLE>

                                ---------------

                         COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:

               DANIEL H. ARONSON, ESQ.               NEIL GOLD, ESQ.
             GREENBERG TRAURIG HOFFMAN         FULBRIGHT & JAWORSKI L.L.P.
           LIPOFF ROSEN & QUENTEL, P.A.       666 FIFTH AVENUE, 31ST FLOOR
    515 EAST LAS OLAS BOULEVARD, SUITE 1500     NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103
           FT. LAUDERDALE, FLORIDA 33301             (212) 318-3000
                (954) 765-0500                 (FACSIMILE) (212) 752-5958
             (FACSIMILE) (954) 765-1477

                                ---------------

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF SECURITIES TO THE PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), check the following box. [ ]

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
Registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [x]

                                ---------------

     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE
ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY
DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 15, 1998
    

                                3,500,000 Shares

                             [TRAVEL SERVICES LOGO]
                                    
 
                       TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                  Common Stock
                                ($.01 par value)

                                  ------------

Of the 3,500,000 shares (the "Shares") of Common Stock, $.01 par value ("Common
   Stock"), offered hereby, 1,500,000 Shares are being sold by the Company and
  2,000,000 Shares are being sold by certain selling stockholders (the "Selling
   Stockholders") named herein under "Principal and Selling Stockholders" (the
 "Offering"). The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of
  Shares by the Selling Stockholders. The Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq
 Stock Market under the symbol "TRVL." On June 16, 1998, the last reported sale
        price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market was $33.375.

  FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION
 WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK, SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8
                                    HEREIN.

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
 ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                               A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         UNDERWRITING                     PROCEEDS TO
                         PRICE TO       DISCOUNTS AND     PROCEEDS TO       SELLING
                          PUBLIC         COMMISSIONS       COMPANY(1)     STOCKHOLDERS
                      --------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                   <C>              <C>               <C>             <C>
Per Share .........   $                $                 $               $
Total(2) ..........   $                $                 $               $
</TABLE>

(1) Before deduction of expenses payable by the Company estimated at $350,000.

(2) The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days
    from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase a maximum of 525,000
    additional shares of Common Stock from the Company solely to cover
    over-allotments of Shares. If the option is exercised in full, the total
    Price to Public will be $     , Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
    will be $      and Proceeds to Company will be $     .

     The Shares are offered by the several Underwriters when, as and if issued
by the Company, delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to
their right to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that the
Shares will be ready for delivery on or about         , 1998, against payment
therefor in immediately available funds.

   
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

       ING BARING FURMAN SELZ LLC

             NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC

                                                RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
    

                          Prospectus dated         , 1998
<PAGE>

The following is a list of photos which we will be using for the inside front
cover of the prospectus for the Company:

 1. closeup of man's face

 2. cruise ship in harbor

 3. closeup of telephone operator

 4. plane

 5. downtown Seattle, WA

 6. resort in city

 7. downtown Sydney, Australia

 8. car on road

 9. castle in mountains

10. resort in tropics

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS (AND SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS, IF ANY) MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON
STOCK ON THE NASDAQ STOCK MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 103 OF REGULATION M.
SEE "UNDERWRITING."

     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING PURCHASES OF THE COMMON STOCK TO STABILIZE ITS MARKET PRICE AND
PURCHASES OF THE COMMON STOCK TO COVER SOME OR ALL OF A SHORT POSITION IN THE
COMMON STOCK MAINTAINED BY THE UNDERWRITERS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE
ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."

<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ
IN CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
RELATED NOTES APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" FOR A
DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK.
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES NO
EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION. UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED, ALL REFERENCES TO COMMON STOCK INCLUDE THE COMPANY'S RESTRICTED
COMMON STOCK. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK--COMMON STOCK AND RESTRICTED
COMMON STOCK." ALL REFERENCES TO THE "COMPANY" REFER TO TRAVEL SERVICES
INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, AND ALL REFERENCES TO THE "OPERATING
COMPANIES" REFER TO THE COMPANY'S OPERATING SUBSIDIARIES.

                                  THE COMPANY

   
     The Company is a leading specialized distributor of cruise vacations,
domestic and international airline tickets and European auto rentals, and a
leading provider of electronic hotel reservation services, to travel agents and
travelers. The Company commenced operations in July 1997 concurrently with its
initial public offering and the acquisition of five specialized travel
distributors, and has since acquired an additional 13 operating companies and a
software development company. To date, the Company has focused its acquisitions
primarily on distributors of cruise vacations to take advantage of recognized
growth opportunities in that segment, and has emerged as the largest
distributor of cruise vacations in the world. The Company also looks for
opportunities to expand into new segments of the leisure travel industry that
are complementary to its existing lines of business. In June 1998, the Company
entered the lodging travel services segment with the acquisition of Lexington
Services Associates, Ltd. ("Lexington"), which the Company believes is the
second largest electronic hotel reservation services company in the United
States. In 1997, on a pro forma basis, the Company sold reservations for
approximately 274,000 airline passengers, 213,000 cruise passengers, 259,000
European auto rentals and 1,316,000 room nights, representing gross sales
volume in excess of approximately $600 million.
    

     The Company offers travel agents and travelers a combination of
specialized expertise, the ability to compare travel options from multiple
travel providers and competitive prices. Unlike traditional travel agents, who
often lack extensive knowledge about the specific services being offered,
specialized distributors focus their efforts on certain segments of the travel
service industry and thus provide a greater level of expertise and service with
respect to their segments. The Company's ability to provide in-depth knowledge
about alternative services from multiple travel providers differentiates it
from the internal sales departments of travel providers, who offer only that
provider's services. The Company has preferred pricing and access to inventory
through its negotiated arrangements with major airline, cruise line and
European auto rental companies, including such travel providers as Continental
Airlines, Inc., Delta Air Lines, Inc., Carnival Cruise Lines, Royal Caribbean
Cruise Lines, Avis Europe Limited and Europcar International S.A. Recognizing
the ability of specialized distributors to sell a significant amount of travel
capacity, as well as their in-depth knowledge, travel providers are
increasingly utilizing specialized distributors as a preferred source of
distribution.

     The Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage of the growth
trends in the domestic and international travel industries. Domestic travel and
tourism spending by U.S. travelers was an estimated $417 billion in 1997, and
is forecasted to increase at a compound annual growth rate of 6.7% through the
year 2000. The number of U.S. citizen departures to Europe increased 11.1% to
10.1 million in 1997, and is forecasted to increase 5.6% to 10.5 million in
1998. The number of North American cruise passengers is expected to increase
from 5.1 million in 1997 to 7.0 million by the year 2000, an 11.5% compound
annual growth rate.

     The leisure travel services industry is highly fragmented, and includes
numerous small specialized distributors that generally have made little
investment in technology to improve their selling

                                       3
<PAGE>

effectiveness, efficiency and access to information. Furthermore, most of these
companies lack the sales volume necessary to obtain preferential pricing from
travel providers or to create effective national marketing campaigns. The
Company believes significant growth opportunities are available to a well
capitalized company providing a broad offering of specialized travel services
with a high level of customer service and state-of-the-art technology
infrastructure.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

   
     ACQUISITIONS. Since the completion of the Company's initial public
offering and acquisition of five specialized travel distributors (the "Founding
Companies") in July 1997, the Company has acquired 13 operating companies,
consisting of nine distributors of cruise vacations, one distributor of
international airline tickets, one distributor of European auto rentals, one
electronic hotel reservation services company and one provider of a hotel
directory and after hours travel services. In addition, the Company has
acquired a software development company. These acquisitions have, among other
things, enabled the Company to become the largest distributor of cruise
vacations in the world, further strengthen its presence in the airline and
European auto rental travel services segments, enter into the lodging travel
services segment and accelerate the development of its technology systems.
    

     FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE. On a pro forma basis, in the three months ended
March 31, 1998, as compared to the same prior year period, the Company's
revenues increased 34.0% to $27.8 million from $20.8 million, and net income
increased 26.2% to $2.2 million from $1.8 million. In 1997, the Company's pro
forma net revenues were $92.9 million and pro forma net income was $7.9
million.

     CREDIT FACILITY. During the first quarter of 1998, the Company increased
the amount available under its existing revolving line of credit to $30 million
from $20 million.

     EXPANSION OF EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM. The Company has expanded its
executive management team in the areas of marketing and operations through the
addition of two new executive officers, each of whom has more than 15 years
experience in either the cruise line or auto rental segment of the travel
industry.

     FORMATION OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY GROUP. Since its initial
public offering, the Company has formed an information systems and technology
group consisting of 26 employees and consultants as of June 8, 1998. This group
is in the process of developing state-of-the-art proprietary technology systems
for the Company.

GROWTH STRATEGY

     The Company seeks to become the leading specialized distributor of leisure
travel services by continuing both its internal growth strategy and aggressive
acquisition program. While the Company intends to continue to acquire
specialized distributors of leisure travel services, strong internal revenue
growth remains the core of the Company's growth strategy. Key elements of the
Company's growth strategy include the following:

   /bullet/ INVESTMENT IN TECHNOLOGY.  An essential element of the Company's
     growth strategy is the development of state-of-the-art information and
     telecommunication technologies for use by the Company, as well as by
     travel agents and travelers through the Internet. The Company plans to
     invest approximately $15 million over the next 18 months to complete the
     development of its "Universal" architecture, consisting of the Universal
     Agent and Universal Manager applications. The Universal Agent is expected
     to allow the Company to increase its productivity and capabilities by: (i)
     allowing Company agents to process reservations more quickly; (ii)
     enabling Company agents to offer customers more comprehensive product
     information; (iii) providing Company agents additional selling and
     cross-selling capabilities; (iv) allowing Company agents

                                       4
<PAGE>

     real time access to a comprehensive customer database; and (v) using the
     Internet to provide information and sell reservations. The Universal
     Manager, which will complement the Universal Agent application, is
     expected to allow the Company to consolidate fulfillment, back office and
     accounting procedures and effectively use the customer database to source
     new sales opportunities. The first stage of the Universal Agent is
     expected to be implemented in the summer of 1998 in connection with the
     airline segment of the Company's business, with applications for the
     Company's other travel segments expected to be implemented over the next
     18 to 24 months.

   /bullet/ EMPHASIZE CROSS-SELLING.  The Company intends to take advantage of
     significant cross-selling opportunities to further enhance revenue growth.
     The Company believes that the development and implementation of its
     technology will allow it to offer "one-stop shopping" for a variety of
     travel services while still providing extensive expertise within each
     leisure travel segment.

   /bullet/ CAPITALIZE ON ECONOMIES OF SCALE AND BEST PRACTICES.  The Company
     believes that it can achieve significant economies of scale and that its
     sales volumes and relationships with travel providers enable it to obtain
     preferential pricing and access preferred travel provider inventories. The
     Company believes it can also benefit from greater purchasing power in
     certain key expense areas including telecommunications and advertising, as
     well as reduce total operating expenses by outsourcing, eliminating or
     consolidating certain duplicative marketing, back-office and
     administrative functions and by creating shared services centers. In
     addition, the Company has identified certain best practices, including
     marketing techniques, operations strategies and cost efficiencies, that
     can be implemented in order to generate incremental revenue and enhance
     profitability.

   /bullet/ EXPANSION THROUGH ACQUISITION.  The Company continues to seek
     acquisitions in order to gain market share, add new areas of expertise,
     access new geographic markets and enter complementary business lines. The
     Company may also pursue international acquisitions that will enable the
     Company to expand its business model to include leisure travel originating
     in countries other than the U.S. and Canada. The Company will seek
     acquisition candidates that have long standing reputations and
     demonstrated growth and profitability.

OPERATING STRATEGY

     The Company seeks to provide comprehensive, quality leisure travel
services, while improving efficiencies in its operations. The components of the
Company's operating strategy include the following:

   /bullet/ PROVIDE EXTENSIVE EXPERTISE IN SPECIFIC TRAVEL SEGMENTS. The
     Company is a specialist in several travel services segments. By leveraging
     this specialized knowledge, the Company provides a higher level of
     expertise and information for a broader array of travel services than may
     be available through traditional distribution channels.

   /bullet/ MAINTAIN AND ENHANCE STRONG STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS WITH TRAVEL
     PROVIDERS.  The Company believes that its strategic relationships with
     travel providers are integral to its success. The Company has negotiated
     with many travel providers for pricing that is often lower than published
     fares and preferred access to capacity. These strategic relationships
     enable the Company to access multiple providers within each travel segment
     and to offer prices that are generally lower than would be available to
     travel agents and travelers.

   /bullet/ MARKET THROUGH MULTIPLE DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS.  The Company
     believes that utilizing multiple distribution channels provides it with
     additional sales opportunities, decreases its reliance on any one channel
     and differentiates it from competitors who offer their products through a
     single

                                       5
<PAGE>

     channel. The Company currently utilizes three distinct channels of
     distribution: (i) call centers staffed with trained sales personnel; (ii)
     home-based agents (including franchisees) who service their local markets;
     and (iii) traditional travel agents. The Company also intends to expand
     its presence on the Internet in order to create a fourth distribution
     channel for selling its services.

   /bullet/ OFFER A HIGH LEVEL OF CUSTOMER SERVICE.  The Company believes that
     maintaining a high level of customer service is essential to its ability
     to generate significant repeat business. In addition to the Company's
     competitive prices, customer service is an important differentiating
     factor to both the leisure traveler who is making a significant investment
     in a vacation and the travel agent who is seeking the ability to make
     travel arrangements with greater ease.

   /bullet/ DEVELOP A COMPREHENSIVE BRAND STRATEGY.  The Company has reviewed
     various strategies in connection with the brand recognition and marketing
     of its services and intends to implement a comprehensive brand and
     marketing plan in the second half of 1998. This plan calls for the
     development of a new, identifiable national brand, while preserving
     existing brands that have a strong identity and loyal customer following.

   /bullet/ CAPITALIZE ON MANAGEMENT EXPERTISE. The Company's eight executive
     management personnel average more than 15 years of experience in various
     segments of the travel industry. In addition, the Company believes that
     the experienced local management teams at the Operating Companies have an
     in-depth understanding of their respective markets and businesses and have
     built strong relationships with travel providers and customers.

                               ----------------

     The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in
1996. The Company's Board of Directors has approved the reincorporation of the
Company from Delaware to Florida, subject to stockholder approval at the
Company's 1998 Annual Stockholders Meeting to be held in July 1998 . The
Company's executive offices are located at 220 Congress Park Drive, Delray
Beach, Florida 33445, and its telephone number is (561) 266-0860.

                                 THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Common Stock Offered by the Company .....   1,500,000 shares(1)
Common Stock Offered by the
 Selling Stockholders ...................   2,000,000 shares(1)
Common Stock to be outstanding
 after this Offering ....................   12,635,528 shares(2)
Use of Proceeds .........................   To repay amounts outstanding under its existing revolving
                                            line of credit, and for technology expenditures, working
                                            capital and potential acquisitions. See "Use of Proceeds."
Risks of Offering .......................   See "Risk Factors."
Dividend Policy .........................   The Company does not expect to pay any dividends in
                                            the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."
Nasdaq Stock Market symbol ..............   TRVL
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. See
    "Underwriting."
(2) Based on 11,135,528 shares outstanding on June 9, 1998. Excludes (i)
    1,207,663 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of
    June 9, 1998, (ii) an aggregate of an additional 408,600 shares (after
    giving effect to the Offering) reserved for issuance under the Company's
    1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
    and (iii) 878,187 shares reserved for issuance under the Company's shelf
    registration statement filed with the Commission on May 4, 1998. See
    "Management--Director Compensation; 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock
    Plan," "Management--1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan" and "Shares Eligible
    for Future Sale."

                                       6
<PAGE>


                SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

     On July 28, 1997, the Company consummated its initial public offering and
the combinations of the Founding Companies (the "Combinations"). For accounting
purposes, Auto Europe, one of the Founding Companies, was designated as the
"accounting acquiror." The other four Founding Companies were accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting. From November 1997 through March 1998,
the Company acquired five other operating companies under transactions
accounted for using the pooling of interests method of accounting (the "Pooling
Acquisitions"). Accordingly, the historical financial data for each year
presented represent those of Auto Europe and the Pooling Acquisitions, and
include the operations of the other four Founding Companies and the Company
only since July 28, 1997. On June 1, 1998, the Company acquired Lexington
Services Associates, Ltd. (the "Lexington Acquisition") which is accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting. See "Selected Historical and Pro Forma
Financial Data."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   PRO
                                                                                  FORMA
                                        1995          1996          1997         1997(1)
                                   ------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Net revenues .....................  $    30,024   $    36,720   $    62,076   $     92,899
Operating expenses ...............       19,079        24,762        39,342         56,734
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
Gross profit .....................       10,945        11,958        22,734         36,165
General and administrative
 expenses ........................       10,534        11,478        17,864         20,316
Goodwill amortization ............           --            --           514          2,034
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
Income from operations ...........          411           480         4,356         13,815
Other expenses, net ..............           43           182            66            252
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
Income before provision for
 income taxes ....................          368           298         4,290         13,563
Provision for income taxes .......          147           171           861          5,696
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
Net income .......................  $       221   $       127   $     3,429   $      7,867
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ============
Diluted earnings per share(2).....  $      0.09   $      0.05   $      0.57   $       0.71
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ============
Shares used in computing
 diluted earnings per share ......    2,587,873     2,587,873     6,022,649     11,031,279
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ============

<CAPTION>

                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      PRO            PRO
                                                                     FORMA          FORMA
                                        1997          1998          1997(1)        1998(1)
                                   ------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Net revenues .....................  $    11,302   $     24,936   $     20,760   $     27,818
Operating expenses ...............        7,580         14,237         12,949         15,883
                                    -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Gross profit .....................        3,722         10,699          7,811         11,935
General and administrative
 expenses ........................        3,046          6,977          4,104          7,404
Goodwill amortization ............           --            407            509            607
                                    -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Income from operations ...........          676          3,315          3,198          3,924
Other expenses, net ..............           63             43            153             84
                                    -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Income before provision for
 income taxes ....................          613          3,272          3,045          3,840
Provision for income taxes .......          257          1,374          1,279          1,612
                                    -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net income .......................  $       356   $      1,898   $      1,766   $      2,228
                                    ===========   ============   ============   ============
Diluted earnings per share(2).....  $      0.14   $       0.18   $       0.16   $       0.20
                                    ===========   ============   ============   ============
Shares used in computing
 diluted earnings per share ......    2,587,873     10,817,991     10,887,375     11,419,101
                                    ===========   ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>


                                               MARCH 31, 1998
                                ---------------------------------------------
                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                  ACTUAL      PRO FORMA(3)     AS ADJUSTED(4)
                                ----------   --------------   ---------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital .............    $    411       $ (8,357)         $ 20,252
Total assets ................     100,524        121,377           149,986
Long-term debt ..............      12,699         22,699             4,099
Stockholders' equity.........      57,190         67,190           114,399

- ---------------
(1) The pro forma financial data includes: (i) the results of the Company, each
    Founding Company and the Lexington Acquisition as if the Combinations and
    the Lexington Acquisition had occurred at the beginning of each respective
    period; (ii) amortization of goodwill resulting from the Combinations and
    the Lexington Acquisition; (iii) certain adjustments to salaries, bonuses,
    management fees and benefits to former owners and key management of the
    Founding Companies, the Lexington Acquisition and the Pooling
    Acquisitions, to which such persons have agreed prospectively
    ("Compensation Differential"); (iv) reversal of acquisition costs
    associated with Pooling Acquisitions; (v) provision for income taxes as if
    pro forma income was subject to corporate federal and state income taxes
    during the periods; and (vi) the issuance of 315,395 shares of Common
    Stock at an assumed offering price of $33.375 per share the net proceeds
    of which would be sufficient to repay debt incurred in connection with the
    Lexington Acquisition. See Note 4 to the Company's Consolidated Financial
    Statements.
(2) Diluted earnings per share has been restated to comply with Statement of
    Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, EARNINGS PER SHARE. See
    Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) Gives effect to the Lexington Acquisition which occurred on June 1, 1998.
    Does not include an additional $10.0 million of long-term debt incurred or
    any other pro forma adjustments in connection with the acquisition of The
    Cruise Line Inc. on April 1, 1998.
(4) Adjusted to give effect to the issuance and sale of the 1,500,000 shares of
    Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed public offering
    price of $33.375 per share based on the last reported sales price of the
    Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market on June 16, 1998) and the
    application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under "Use of
    Proceeds."

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

     AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS
INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN
EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMPANY.

     THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS THAT ARE NOT PURELY HISTORICAL
ARE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE
SECURITIES ACT AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION STATEMENTS REGARDING THE COMPANY'S EXPECTATIONS,
BELIEFS, INTENTIONS OR STRATEGIES REGARDING THE FUTURE. ALL FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE BASED ON INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO THE
COMPANY ON THE DATE HEREOF, AND THE COMPANY ASSUMES NO OBLIGATION TO UPDATE ANY
SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS INVOLVE KNOWN
AND UNKNOWN RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND OTHER FACTORS WHICH MAY CAUSE ACTUAL
RESULTS, EXPERIENCE AND THE PERFORMANCE OR ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE COMPANY TO BE
MATERIALLY DIFFERENT FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY THE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS, THE FOLLOWING
FACTORS, IN ADDITION TO THE RISK FACTORS SET FORTH BELOW AND OTHER INFORMATION
SET FORTH HEREIN, SHOULD BE CAREFULLY CONSIDERED: SUCCESSFUL INTEGRATION OF
SYSTEMS; FACTORS AFFECTING INTERNAL GROWTH AND MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH; DEPENDENCE
ON TRAVEL PROVIDERS; SUCCESS OF THE ACQUISITION STRATEGY AND AVAILABILITY OF
ACQUISITION FINANCING; SUCCESS IN ENTERING NEW SEGMENTS OF THE TRAVEL MARKET
AND NEW GEOGRAPHIC AREAS; DEPENDENCE ON TECHNOLOGY; LABOR AND TECHNOLOGY COSTS;
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL EFFORTS; RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE TRAVEL INDUSTRY
GENERALLY; SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS; COMPETITION; AND GENERAL
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS. IN ADDITION, THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS STRATEGY AND GROWTH
STRATEGY INVOLVE A NUMBER OF RISKS AND CHALLENGES, AND THERE CAN BE NO
ASSURANCE THAT THESE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS WILL NOT HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE
EFFECT ON THE COMPANY.

LIMITED COMBINED OPERATING HISTORY; RISKS OF INTEGRATION

     The Company was founded in April 1996 but conducted no operations and
generated no revenues prior to its initial public offering in July 1997, when
it acquired the Founding Companies. Since July 1997, the Company has acquired
an additional 12 operating companies and one software development company.
Currently, the Company relies on the existing reporting systems of the
Operating Companies for financial reporting. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to successfully integrate the operations of these
businesses or institute the necessary Company-wide systems and procedures to
successfully manage the combined enterprise on a profitable basis. The
Company's executive management group was primarily assembled in connection with
its initial public offering, and there can be no assurance that the management
group will be able to continue to effectively manage the combined entity or
effectively implement and carry out the Company's internal growth strategy and
acquisition program. The consolidated financial statements cover periods when
the Operating Companies were not under common control or management and,
therefore, may not be indicative of the Company's future financial or operating
results. The inability of the Company to successfully integrate the Operating
Companies, and any future acquisitions would have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations, and
would make it unlikely that the Company's acquisition program will continue to
be successful.

     A number of the Operating Companies offer different travel services,
utilize different capabilities and technologies and target different client
segments. While the Company believes that there are substantial opportunities
to cross-market and integrate these businesses, these differences increase the
risk inherent in successfully completing such integration. Further, there can
be no assurance that the Company's strategy to become the leading specialized
distributor of leisure travel services will be successful, or that the
travelers or travel providers will accept the Company as a distributor of a
variety of specialized travel services. See "Business--Business Strategy."

DEPENDENCE ON TRAVEL PROVIDERS

     The Company is dependent upon travel providers for access to their
capacity. The Company receives from certain travel providers pricing that is
preferential to published fares which enables the

                                       8
<PAGE>

Company to offer, for certain products, prices lower than would be generally
available to travelers and travel agents. Other distributors may have similar
arrangements with travel providers, some of which may provide better
availability or more competitive pricing than that offered by the Company. The
Company anticipates that a significant portion of its revenues will continue to
be derived from the sale of capacity for relatively few travel providers. In
1997, (i) two auto rental companies represented an aggregate of 87% of European
auto rental pro forma net revenues; (ii) six cruise lines represented an
aggregate of 74% of cruise pro forma net revenues; and (iii) two airlines
represented an aggregate of 52% of airline pro forma net revenues. The
Company's agreements with its travel providers can generally be canceled or
modified by the travel provider upon relatively short notice. The loss of a
contract, changes in the Company's pricing agreements or commission schedules
or more restricted access to travel providers' capacity could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. In addition, the lodging industry recently has witnessed a period
of consolidation. Continued consolidation could reduce the Company's electronic
hotel reservation services customer base which could, in turn, have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY'S ACQUISITION STRATEGY

     The Company intends to increase its revenues, expand the markets it serves
and increase its service offerings in part through the acquisition of
additional operating companies. There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to identify, acquire or profitably manage additional businesses or
successfully integrate acquired businesses into the Company without substantial
costs, delays or other operational or financial problems. Increased competition
for acquisition candidates may develop, in which event there may be fewer
acquisition opportunities available to the Company, as well as higher
acquisition prices. Further, acquisitions involve a number of special risks,
including possible adverse effects on the Company's operating results,
diversion of management's attention, failure to retain key personnel, risks
associated with unanticipated events or liabilities and amortization of
acquired intangible assets, some or all of which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. Customer dissatisfaction or performance problems at a single
acquired company could also have an adverse effect on the reputation of the
Company. The Company may also seek international acquisitions that may be
subject to additional risks associated with doing business in foreign
countries. In addition, there can be no assurance that businesses acquired will
achieve anticipated revenues and earnings. The Company continually reviews
various strategic acquisition opportunities and has held discussions with a
number of such acquisition candidates. As of the date of this Prospectus, the
Company is not party to any agreements with respect to any acquisitions. See
"Business--Growth Strategy."

RISKS RELATED TO ACQUISITION FINANCING AND POSSIBLE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

     The Company plans to finance future acquisitions by using shares of its
Common Stock for a substantial portion of the consideration to be paid. In the
event that the Common Stock does not maintain a sufficient market value, or
potential acquisition candidates are otherwise unwilling to accept Common Stock
as part of the consideration for the sale of their businesses, the Company may
be required to utilize more of its cash resources, if available, in order to
maintain its acquisition program. If the Company has insufficient cash
resources, its growth could be limited unless it is able to obtain additional
capital through debt or equity financings. There can be no assurance that the
Company's line of credit will be sufficient or that other financing will be
available on terms the Company deems acceptable. If the Company is unable to
obtain financing sufficient for all of its desired acquisitions, it may be
unable to fully carry out its acquisition strategy. In addition, to maintain
historical levels of growth, the Company may need to seek additional funding
through public or private financing. Adequate funds for these purposes may not
be available when needed or may not be available on terms acceptable to the
Company. If funding is insufficient, the Company may be required to delay,
reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of its expansion programs. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

                                       9
<PAGE>

DEPLOYMENT OF NEW TECHNOLOGY

     Commencing in the summer of 1998 and continuing for 18 to 24 months
thereafter, the Company expects that it will replace many of the existing
computer systems at the Operating Companies and implement its new "Universal"
architecture. There can be no assurance that these new systems will be
successfully developed, installed according to the expected time frame or
within the anticipated budget, implemented without any disruption to the
Company's business or result in the intended operational benefits and cost
efficiencies. See "Business--Information Technology."

DEPENDENCE UPON TECHNOLOGY

     The Company's business is currently dependent upon a number of different
information and telecommunication technologies to facilitate its access to
information and manage a high volume of inbound and outbound calls. Any failure
of this technology would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, during
1996, one of the Operating Company's results of operations were adversely
affected by unanticipated shortcomings in the functionality of call center
software installed as part of a new telephone system. In addition, the Company
is dependent upon certain third party vendors, including central reservation
systems, such as SABRE Group and Amadeus and THISCO for access to certain
information. Any failure of these systems or restricted access by the Company
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.

     The technology systems being used currently at the Company's headquarters
are Year 2000 compliant, and new systems currently under development by the
Company are working with compliant standards. An assessment of the Year 2000
readiness of the technology currently being used in the Operating Companies is
in process, and the Company cannot make any assurances with respect to such
readiness at this time. The assessment being conducted by the Company includes
inquiries of management and certification requests from hardware and software
vendors. New systems under development by the Company are expected to replace
some of the older software applications currently in use at certain Operating
Companies. There can be no assurance, however, that such replacements will be
made or will be made on time. The Company can not assess whether its travel
providers and other third parties have appropriate plans to remedy Year 2000
compliance issues where their systems interface with the Company's systems or
otherwise impact its operations. There can be no assurance that a failure of
systems of third parties on which the Company's systems and operations rely to
be Year 2000 compliant will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and operating results. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business--Information Technology."

MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH; FACTORS AFFECTING INTERNAL GROWTH

     The Company expects to continue to grow internally and through
acquisitions. The Company expects to spend significant time and effort
expanding existing businesses and identifying, completing and integrating
acquisitions. There can be no assurance that the Company's systems, procedures
and controls will be adequate to support the Company's operations as they
expand. Any future growth also will impose significant added responsibilities
on members of senior management, including the need to identify, recruit and
integrate new senior level managers and executives. There can be no assurance
that such additional management will be identified or retained by the Company.
To the extent that the Company is unable to manage its growth efficiently and
effectively, or is unable to attract and retain qualified management, the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected. While the Company has experienced revenue and
earnings growth on a pro forma basis over the past few years, there can be no
assurance that the Company will continue to experience internal growth
comparable to these levels, if at all. From time to time, certain of the
Operating Companies have been unable to hire and train the number of qualified
sales personnel needed to meet the demands of their businesses. Factors
affecting the ability of the Company to continue to experience internal growth
include, but are not limited to, the ability to expand the travel

                                       10
<PAGE>

services offered, the continued relationships with certain travel providers and
travel agents, the ability to recruit and retain qualified sales personnel, the
ability to cross-sell services within the Company and continued access to
capital. See "Business--Growth Strategy" and "Management."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE TRAVEL INDUSTRY; GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

     The Company's results of operations are dependent upon factors generally
affecting the travel industry. The Company's revenues and earnings are
especially sensitive to events that affect domestic and international air
travel, cruise travel, auto rentals in Europe and room nights. A number of
factors could result in an overall decline in demand for travel, including
political instability, armed hostilities, international terrorism, extreme
weather conditions, a rise in fuel prices, a decline in the value of the U.S.
dollar, labor disturbances, excessive inflation, a general weakening in
economic activity and reduced employment in the U.S. These types of events
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business--Industry Overview."

SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS

     The domestic and international leisure travel industry is seasonal. The
results of each of the Operating Companies have been subject to quarterly
fluctuations caused primarily by the seasonal variations in the travel
industry, especially the leisure travel segment. Net revenues and net income
for a majority of the Operating Companies are generally higher in the second
and third quarters. Seasonality depends on the particular leisure travel
service sold. The Company expects seasonality to continue in the future on a
combined basis. The Company's quarterly results of operations may also be
subject to fluctuations as a result of the timing and cost of acquisitions,
changes in the mix of services offered by the Company as a result of
acquisitions, internal growth rates among various travel segments, fare wars by
travel providers, changes in relationships with certain travel providers, the
timing of the payment of overrides by travel providers, extreme weather
conditions or other factors affecting travel. Unexpected variations in
quarterly results could also adversely affect the price of the Common Stock,
which in turn could limit the ability of the Company to make acquisitions. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of
Operations."

SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF GOODWILL

     Approximately $84.3 million, or 69.5%, of the Company's pro forma total
assets as of March 31, 1998, is goodwill, which represents the excess of
consideration paid over the estimated fair market value of net assets acquired
in business combinations accounted for under the purchase method. The Company
generally amortizes goodwill on a straight line method over a period of 35
years with the amount amortized in a particular period constituting a non-cash
expense that reduces the Company's net income. Amortization of goodwill
resulting from certain past acquisitions, and additional goodwill recorded in
certain future acquisitions may not be deductible for tax purposes. In
addition, the Company will be required periodically to evaluate the
recoverability of goodwill by reviewing the anticipated undiscounted future
cash flows from operations and comparing such cash flows to the carrying value
of the associated goodwill. If goodwill becomes impaired, the Company would be
required to write down the carrying value of the goodwill and incur a related
charge to its income. A reduction in net income resulting from a write down of
goodwill would currently affect financial results and could have a material and
adverse impact upon the market price of the Common Stock.

SUBSTANTIAL COMPETITION

     The travel service industry is extremely competitive and has low barriers
to entry. The Company competes with other distributors of travel services,
travel providers, travel agents, tour operators and central reservation service
providers, some of which have greater experience, brand name recognition and/or
financial resources than the Company. The Company's travel providers may decide
to compete more directly with the Company and restrict the availability and/or
preferential pricing of their capacity. In addition, other distributors may
have relationships with certain travel providers providing better

                                       11
<PAGE>

availability or more competitive pricing than that offered by the Company.
Furthermore, some travel agents have a strong presence in their geographic area
which may make it difficult for the Company to attract customers in those
areas.

RELIANCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The Company's operations are dependent on the efforts and relationships of
Joseph V. Vittoria and the other executive officers as well as the senior
management of the Operating Companies. Furthermore, the Company will likely be
dependent on the senior management of any businesses acquired in the future. If
any of these individuals become unable to continue in their role the Company's
business or prospects could be adversely affected. Although the Company has
entered into an employment agreement with each of the Company's executive
officers and the executive officers of each Operating Company, there can be no
assurance that such individuals will continue in their present capacity for any
particular period of time. The Company does not maintain key man life insurance
covering any of its executive officers or other members of senior management.
See "Management."

VOTING CONTROL OF EXISTING MANAGEMENT AND STOCKHOLDERS

     After giving effect to the Offering, the Company's executive officers and
directors, their affiliates and executive officers of the Operating Companies
beneficially own shares of Common Stock representing 32.7% of the total voting
power of the Common Stock (38.7% if all shares of Restricted Common Stock were
converted into Common Stock). These persons, if acting in concert, will be able
to exercise control over the Company's affairs and are likely to be able to
elect the entire Board of Directors and to control the disposition of any
matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. See "Principal and Selling
Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock--Common Stock and Restricted
Common Stock."

POTENTIAL EFFECT OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON PRICE OF COMMON STOCK

     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market during
or after the Offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, may
adversely affect prevailing market prices of the Common Stock and could impair
the future ability of the Company to raise capital through an offering of its
equity securities or to use such securities as consideration in acquisitions.
Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have 12,635,528 shares of
Common Stock outstanding. Of these shares, 6,586,000 shares will be freely
tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act. The remaining 6,049,528
shares represent (i) shares beneficially owned by "affiliates" of the Company
(as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) and other
original investors in the Company and (ii) shares issued to sellers of
companies acquired by the Company during the past year, which shares may be
sold in the open market in compliance with the applicable requirements of Rule
144 or Rule 145 under the Securities Act or, in certain cases, pursuant to the
Company's shelf registration statement. In addition, 40,000 shares may be
acquired pursuant to outstanding currently exercisable options. The Company,
its directors and executive officers and the Selling Stockholders have agreed
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option for
the sale of, announce their intention to sell, or otherwise dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, for a period
of 120 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent
of Credit Suisse First Boston, except for, in the case of the Company, Common
Stock issued pursuant to any employee or director benefit plans described
herein or in connection with acquisitions.

     Pursuant to a shelf registration statement filed with the Commission on
May 4, 1998, the Company registered 1,506,706 shares of the Company's Common
Stock under the Securities Act for use by the Company as consideration for
recent and future acquisitions and 1,668,294 shares of the Company's Common
Stock to be sold by certain stockholders of the Company. Upon issuance, those
shares will generally be freely tradable, unless the resale thereof is
contractually restricted. When possible, the Company will seek restrictions on
the shares issued as consideration for future acquisitions that are as

                                       12
<PAGE>

restrictive as those described in the preceding paragraph, however, such
restrictions may not be available in certain cases, such as transactions
accounted for using the pooling of interests method of accounting. See "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."

POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

     The market price of the Common Stock may be subject to significant
fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including variations in the
annual or quarterly financial results of the Company or its competitors,
changes by financial research analysts in their estimates of the earnings of
the Company or the failure of the Company to meet such estimates, conditions in
the economy in general or in the travel industry in particular, and unfavorable
publicity or changes in applicable laws and regulations (or judicial or
administrative interpretations thereof) affecting the Company or the travel
service industry. From time to time, the stock market experiences significant
price and volume volatility, which may affect the market price of the Common
Stock for reasons unrelated to the Company's performance.

EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS; ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS

     The Board of Directors of the Company is authorized to issue preferred
stock in one or more series without stockholder action. The Board of Directors
of the Company serve staggered terms. The existence of this "blank-check"
preferred stock and the staggered Board of Directors could render more
difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of
a tender offer, merger, proxy contest or otherwise. Certain provisions of the
Delaware General Corporation Law and, in the event that the Company's
stockholders approve the reincorporation of the Company from Delaware to
Florida at the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in July 1998 (the
"1998 Annual Meeting"), the Florida Business Corporation Act, may also
discourage takeover attempts that have not been approved by the Board of
Directors. See "Management--Directors and Executive Officers" and "Description
of Capital Stock."

                                       13
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to the Company (after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses) from the sale of 1,500,000
shares of Common Stock offered by the Company are estimated to be approximately
$47.2 million ($63.9 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full) at an assumed public offering price of $33.375 per share,
based on the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock
Market on June 16, 1998. The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from
the sale of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby by the Selling
Stockholders.

     The Company intends to apply a portion of the net proceeds from the
Offering to repay the amounts outstanding under the Company's $30 million
revolving line of credit (which are expected to be approximately $28.6 million
at the closing of the Offering). Indebtedness under the Company's revolving
line of credit has been used for acquisitions (including the Company's recent
acquisitions of The Cruise Line Inc. and Lexington), is payable October 15,
2000 and bears interest at an effective rate of 7.1% per year as of June 9,
1998. Amounts repaid under the revolving line of credit may be reborrowed. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

     The Company intends to use the remaining net proceeds for capital and
technology expenditures. The Company has reviewed various strategic acquisition
opportunities and has held discussions with a number of such acquisition
candidates. The Company is not a party to any agreements regarding any
acquisitions as of the date of this Prospectus. Pending utilization as
described above, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds in short-term,
investment grade securities, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed
obligations of the U.S. government, or a combination thereof.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company intends to retain all of its earnings, if any, to finance the
expansion of its business and for general corporate purposes, including future
acquisitions, and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common
Stock for the foreseeable future. In addition, the Company's Credit Facility
includes restrictions on the ability of the Company to pay dividends without
the consent of the lender.

                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

     The Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol
"TRVL." The Company completed its initial public offering in July 1997 at a
price of $14.00 per share. The following table sets forth, for the Company's
fiscal periods indicated, the range of high and low reported sales prices for
the Common Stock.

1997                                                     HIGH         LOW
- ----                                                 -----------   ---------
Third Quarter 1997 (from July 23, 1997) ..........    $25 5/8       $18 7/8
Fourth Quarter ...................................    $26           $19 3/8

1998
- ----
First Quarter ....................................    $33 11/16     $17 7/8
Second Quarter (through June 16, 1998) ...........    $39 3/8       $30

     On June 16, 1998, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq Stock Market was $33.375 per share. On June 16, 1998, there were 142
holders of record of the Company's Common Stock, although the Company believes
the number of beneficial holders is substantially greater.

                                       14
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth the consolidated cash and equivalents and
capitalization of the Company (i) at March 31, 1998; (ii) on a pro forma basis
to give effect to the Lexington Acquisition; and (iii) as further adjusted to
give effect to the issuance of the 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered
hereby (at as assumed public offering price of $33.375 based on the last
reported sales price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market on June 16,
1998) and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of
Proceeds." This table should be read in conjuntion with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto contained
elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                  --------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                                    ACTUAL         PRO FORMA       AS ADJUSTED
                                                                  ----------   ----------------   ------------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>                <C>
Cash and equivalents ..........................................    $20,619        $  10,619         $ 39,228
                                                                   =======        =========         ========
Long-term debt, less current portion ..........................    $12,699        $  22,699(1)      $  4,099
                                                                   -------        ---------         --------
Stockholders' Equity(2):
 Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized;
   none outstanding ...........................................         --               --               --
 Common stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized;
   10,504,826 shares outstanding, 10,790,540 shares outstanding
   pro forma, and 12,290,540 shares outstanding pro forma
   as adjusted ................................................        105              108              123
 Additional paid-in capital ...................................     52,462           62,459          109,653
 Retained earnings ............................................      4,623            4,623            4,623
                                                                   -------        ---------         --------
 Total stockholders' equity ...................................     57,190           67,190          114,399
                                                                   -------        ---------         --------
  Total capitalization ........................................    $69,889        $  89,889         $118,498
                                                                   =======        =========         ========
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) Does not include an additional $10.0 million of long-term debt incurred or
    any other pro forma adjustments in connection with the acquisition of The
    Cruise Line Inc. on April 1, 1998.

(2) Does not include (i) 1,207,633 shares issuable upon the exercise of options
    outstanding as of June 9, 1998, (ii) an aggregate of an additional 408,600
    shares (after giving effect to the Offering) reserved for issuance under
    the Company's 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 1997 Non-Employee
    Directors' Stock Option Plan and (iii) 878,187 shares reserved for
    issuance under the Company's shelf registration statement filed with the
    Commission on May 4, 1998. See "Management--Director Compensation; 1997
    Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan" and "Management--1997 Long-Term
    Incentive Plan" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

                                       15
<PAGE>

               SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

     On July 28, 1997, the Company consummated its initial public offering and
acquired the Founding Companies in transactions accounted for using the
purchase method of accounting. Historical financial statements do not include
the operating results of the Founding Companies (other than Auto Europe, the
"accounting acquiror") prior to July 1997. Historical financial statements for
the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the three months ended
March 31, 1997 and 1998 include the operating results of five additional
specialized distributors of cruise reservation services acquired from November
1997 through March 1998 under transactions accounted for using the pooling of
interests method of accounting (the "Pooling Acquisitions"). Historical
financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1998 also include the
operating results of three specialized distributors of reservations (one
airline, one cruise and one auto rental) acquired during the first quarter of
1998 under transactions accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
(the "Purchase Acquisitions"), from the date of acquisition through March 31,
1998. Historical financial statements do not include the operating results of
two other specialized distributors of cruise reservations acquired in April and
May 1998 (the "Second Quarter 1998 Poolings") which will be accounted for using
the pooling of interests method of accounting, as the financial results of
these acquisitions were not material to the Company's results of operations.
Historical financial statements do not include the April 1, 1998 acquisition of
The Cruise Line Inc., a specialized distributor of cruise reservation services,
accounted for under the purchase method of accounting (the "Cruise Line
Purchase") or the June 1, 1998 acquisition of Lexington Services Associates,
Ltd., an electronic hotel reservation services company, accounted for using the
purchase method of accounting (the "Lexington Acquisition").

     The historical financial data of the Company as of December 31, 1996 and
1997 and for each of the five years ending December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
and 1997 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements
of the Company included elsewhere herein and from the Company's Registration
Statement dated July 22, 1997. The historical financial data of the Company for
the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 have been derived from the
unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company included elsewhere
herein, which have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial
statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments,
consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation
of such data. The information contained in these tables should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the
Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" included elsewhere herein.

     Historical financial statements do not include the operating results of
the Founding Companies (other than Auto Europe, the "accounting acquiror")
prior to July 1997, and, therefore, are not meaningful when comparing
historical operating results for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 and
for the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998. Accordingly, pro forma
combined results of operations and pro forma diluted earnings per share for the
Company are presented which give effect to the results of the Company combined
with all the Founding Companies and the Lexington Acquisition as if the
Combinations and the Lexington Acquisition had occurred at the beginning of
each respective period, along with certain adjustments associated with the
Combinations, the Pooling Acquistions and the Lexington Acquisition. The pro
forma combined statements do not include the operating results of the Second
Quarter 1998 Poolings and the Cruise Line Purchase as operating results of
these acquisitions were not material to the Company's results of operations.
The pro forma financial data have been prepared for comparative purposes only
and do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations which actually
would have resulted had the Founding Companies and the Lexington Acquisition
been under common control prior to the Combinations or the Lexington
Acquisition, or which may result in the future.

                                       16
<PAGE>

               SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            PRO
                                                                                                           FORMA
                                     1993          1994          1995          1996          1997         1997(1)
                                ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
<S>                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF
 INCOME DATA:
Net revenues ..................  $    12,208   $    17,156   $    30,024   $    36,720   $    62,076   $     92,899
Operating expenses ............        8,469        11,101        19,079        24,762        39,342         56,734
                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
Gross profit ..................        3,739         6,055        10,945        11,958        22,734         36,165
General and administrative
 expenses .....................        3,986         6,276        10,534        11,478        17,864         20,316
Goodwill amortization .........           --            --            --            --           514          2,034
                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
Income from operations ........         (247)         (221)          411           480         4,356         13,815
Other expenses, net ...........           19            28            43           182            66            252
                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
Income before provision for
 income taxes .................         (266)         (249)          368           298         4,290         13,563
Provision for income
 taxes ........................           --            --           147           171           861          5,696
                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
Net income ....................  $      (266)  $      (249)  $       221   $       127   $     3,429   $      7,867
                                 ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ============
Per Share Data(2):
 Basic earnings
  per share ...................  $     (0.10)  $     (0.10)  $      0.09   $      0.05   $      0.58
                                 ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
 Diluted earnings
  per share ...................  $     (0.10)  $     (0.10)  $      0.09   $      0.05   $      0.57   $       0.71
                                 ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ============
Shares used in computing
 basic earnings per share .....    2,587,873     2,587,873     2,587,873     2,587,873     5,883,667
                                 ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Shares used in computing
 diluted earnings per share        2,587,873     2,587,873     2,587,873     2,587,873     6,022,649     11,031,279
                                 ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ============

<CAPTION>
                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   PRO            PRO
                                                                  FORMA          FORMA
                                     1997          1998          1997(1)        1998(1)
                                ------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                             <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF
 INCOME DATA:
Net revenues ..................  $    11,302   $     24,936   $     20,760   $     27,818
Operating expenses ............        7,580         14,237         12,949         15,883
                                 -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Gross profit ..................        3,722         10,699          7,811         11,935
General and administrative
 expenses .....................        3,046          6,977          4,104          7,404
Goodwill amortization .........           --            407            509            607
                                 -----------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Income from operations ........          676          3,315          3,198          3,924
Other expenses, net ...........           63             43            153             84
                                 -----------   ------------   ------------   -------------
Income before provision for
 income taxes .................          613          3,272          3,045          3,840
Provision for income
 taxes ........................          257          1,374          1,279          1,612
                                 -----------   ------------   ------------   -------------
Net income ....................  $       356   $      1,898   $      1,766   $      2,228
                                 ===========   ============   ============   =============
Per Share Data(2):
 Basic earnings
  per share ...................  $      0.14   $       0.18
                                 ===========   ============
 Diluted earnings
  per share ...................  $      0.14   $       0.18   $       0.16   $       0.20
                                 ===========   ============   ============   =============
Shares used in computing
 basic earnings per share .....    2,587,873     10,427,197
                                 ===========   ============
Shares used in computing
 diluted earnings per share        2,587,873     10,817,991     10,887,375     11,419,101
                                 ===========   ============   ============   =============
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                               -----------------------------------------------------------
                                  1993        1994         1995         1996        1997
                               ---------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ---------
<S>                            <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital ..............   $ (891)    $ (2,729)    $ (2,866)    $ (5,357)   $ 1,197
Total assets .................    3,307        4,689        7,430       11,610     68,307
Long-term debt ...............       17           24          191        2,272      4,129
Stockholders' equity .........      (95)        (535)          90          248     50,838

<CAPTION>
                                             MARCH 31, 1998
                               ------------------------------------------
                                                             PRO FORMA
                                  ACTUAL    PRO FORMA(3)   AS ADJUSTED(4)
                               ----------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                            <C>         <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital ..............  $     411     $ (8,357)       $ 20,252
Total assets .................    100,524      121,377         149,986
Long-term debt ...............     12,699       22,699           4,099
Stockholders' equity .........     57,190       67,190         114,399
</TABLE>

- --------------
(1) The pro forma financial data includes: (i) the results of the Company, each
    Founding Company and the Lexington Acquisition as if the Combinations and
    the Lexington Acquisition had occurred at the beginning of each respective
    period; (ii) amortization of goodwill resulting from the Combinations and
    the Lexington Acquisition; (iii) certain adjustments to salaries, bonuses,
    management fees and benefits to former owners and key management of the
    Founding Companies, the Lexington Acquisition and the Pooling
    Acquisitions, to which such persons have agreed prospectively
    ("Compensation Differential"); (iv) reversal of acquisition costs
    associated with Pooling Acquisitions; (v) provision for income taxes as if
    pro forma income was subject to corporate federal and state income taxes
    during the periods; and (vi) the issuance of 315,395 shares of Common
    Stock at an assumed offering price of $33.375 per share, the net proceeds
    of which would be sufficient to repay debt incurred in connection with the
    Lexington Acquisition. See Note 4 to the Company's Consolidated Financial
    Statements.
(2) Diluted earnings per share have been restated to comply with Statement of
    Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, EARNINGS PER SHARE. See
    Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) Gives effect to the Lexington Acquisition which occurred on June 1, 1998.
    Does not include an additional $10.0 million of long term debt incurred or
    any other pro forma adjustments in connection with the acquisition of The
    Cruise Line, Inc. on April 1, 1998.
(4) Adjusted to give effect to the issuance and sale of the 1,500,000 shares of
    Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed public offering
    price of $33.375 per share based on the last reported sales price of the
    Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market on June 16, 1998) and the
    application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under "Use of
    Proceeds."

                                       17
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with "Selected
Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data" and the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements and related Notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

INTRODUCTION

     The Company's revenue is derived primarily from selling travel related
services, including cruise vacations, airline tickets and European auto
rentals, and providing electronic hotel reservation services. The Company does
not record the total gross amount of the travel services sold to travelers or
travel agents. Net revenues recorded by the Company include commissions and
markups on travel services, volume bonuses and override commissions, processing
and delivery fees, franchise fees and hotel reservation fees. The Company
records net revenues when earned which, for auto rentals and airline tickets is
at the time the reservation is booked and ticketed, for cruise bookings is when
the cruise is fully paid for and the customer is no longer entitled to a full
refund of the cost of the cruise, generally 45 to 90 days prior to the sailing
date, and for hotel reservation services is at the time the traveler checks out
of the hotel. The Company provides an allowance for cancellations, reservation
changes, "no shows" and currency exchange guarantees which is based on
historical experience.

     Operating expenses include compensation of sales and sales support
personnel, commissions, credit card merchant fees, telecommunications, mail,
courier, marketing, global distribution systems fees and other expenses that
vary with revenues. Commissions to travel agents are typically based on a
percentage of the gross amount of the travel services sold. The Company's sales
personnel are compensated either on an hourly basis, a commission basis or a
combination of the two, with the majority of agents receiving a substantial
portion of their compensation based on sales generated. The Company's
independent contractors selling cruises receive a portion of the commissions
earned by the Company. The Company receives a portion of commissions earned by
its franchisees selling cruises.

     General and administrative expenses include compensation and benefits to
management and administrative employees, fees for professional services, rent,
information services, depreciation, travel and entertainment, office services,
amortization of capitalized internally developed software and other overhead
costs. Internally developed software is amortized over five years.

     The Company records as goodwill the excess of consideration paid over the
estimated fair market value of net assets acquired in business combinations
accounted for under the purchase method. Goodwill is amortized over 35 years
for the travel service companies acquired and over five years for an acquired
software company. As of March 31, 1998, including the pro forma adjustment for
the Lexington Acquisition, goodwill, net was $84.3 million.

                                       18
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--HISTORICAL

     The following table sets forth for 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 certain items from the Company's
Historical Statement of Income Financial Data expressed as a percentage of net
revenues:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   MARCH 31,
                                                     ---------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                                         1995          1996          1997          1997          1998
                                                     -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Net revenues .....................................       100.0%        100.0%        100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
Operating expenses ...............................        63.5          67.4          63.4          67.1          57.1
                                                         -----         -----         -----         -----         -----
Gross profit .....................................        36.5          32.6          36.6          32.9          42.9
General and administrative expenses ..............        35.1          31.3          28.8          27.0          28.0
Goodwill amortization ............................          --            --           0.8            --           1.6
                                                         -----         -----         -----         -----         -----
Income from operations ...........................         1.4           1.3           7.0           6.0          13.3
Other expenses, net ..............................         0.2           0.5           0.1           0.6           0.2
                                                         -----         -----         -----         -----         -----
Income before provision for income taxes .........         1.2           0.8           6.9           5.4          13.1
Provision for income taxes .......................         0.5           0.5           1.4           2.3           5.5
                                                         -----         -----         -----         -----         -----
Net income .......................................         0.7%          0.3%          5.5%          3.1%          7.6%
                                                         =====         =====         =====         =====         =====
</TABLE>

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

     Net revenues increased from $11.3 million in the three months ended March
31, 1997 (the "1997 Period") to $24.9 million in the three months ended March
31, 1998 (the "1998 Period"). Net revenues in the European auto rental segment
increased 19.6%, with the balance attributable to the inclusion of the net
revenues of four of the Founding Companies commencing on July 28, 1997 and the
Purchase Acquisitions in 1998.

     Operating expenses increased from $7.6 million in the 1997 Period to $14.2
million in the 1998 Period. As a percentage of net revenues, total operating
expenses decreased from 67.1% in the 1997 Period to 57.1% in the 1998 Period,
primarily due to changes in the mix of business in each travel segment as a
result of acquisitions, and as a result of lower commission expenses as a
percentage of net revenues in the European auto rental segment in the 1998
Period as compared to the 1997 Period.

     General and administrative expenses increased from $3.0 million in the
1997 Period to $7.0 million in the 1998 Period, and were 27.0% and 28.0% of net
revenues, respectively. This increase was primarily the result of expenses
associated with being a public company and corporate overhead which did not
exist prior to the intitial public offering, offset in part by lower general
and administrative expenses at the Operating Companies as a percentage of net
revenues.

     Goodwill amortization was $407,000 in 1998. No goodwill amortization was
recorded prior to the Combinations in July 1997.

1996 COMPARED TO 1997

     Net revenues increased from $36.7 million in 1996 to $62.1 million in
1997. This increase is primarily attributable to a 27.0% increase in net
revenues from European auto rental reservations and a 19.7% increase in cruise
net revenues at the companies comprising the Pooling Acquisitions, as well as
the inclusion of the net revenues of four of the Founding Companies commencing
on July 28, 1997.

     Operating expenses increased from $24.8 million in 1996 to $39.3 million
in 1997. As a percentage of net revenues, total operating expenses decreased
from 67.4% in 1996 to 63.4% in 1997, primarily due to lower salaries and
commission expenses as a percentage of net revenues at Auto Europe, as well as

                                       19
<PAGE>

the operating expenses at the Pooling Acquisitions and the four other Founding
Companies being lower as a percentage of net revenues than at Auto Europe.

     General and administrative expenses increased from $11.5 million in 1996
to $17.9 million in 1997, and were 31.3% and 28.8% of net revenues,
respectively. This decrease as a percentage of net revenues was the result of
the Pooling Acquisitions and the four other Founding Companies generally having
lower general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues than
Auto Europe, offset in part by expenses associated with being a public company
and corporate overhead which did not exist prior to the initial public
offering.

     Goodwill amortization was $514,000 in 1997. No goodwill amortization was
recorded prior to the Combinations in July 1997.

1995 COMPARED TO 1996

     Net revenues increased from $30.0 million in 1995 to $36.7 million in
1996. This increase is attributable to a 17.3% and a 24.1% increase in net
revenues from European auto rental reservations and cruise reservations,
respectively.

     Operating expenses increased from $19.1 million in 1995 to $24.8 million
in 1996. As a percentage of net revenues, total operating expenses increased
from 63.5% in 1995 to 67.4% in 1996, primarily due to higher salaries and
commission expenses as a percentage of net revenues at Auto Europe.

     General and administrative expenses increased from $10.5 million in 1995
to $11.5 million in 1996, and were 35.1% and 31.3%, respectively, of net
revenues. This decrease as a percentage of net revenues was the result of
spreading overhead costs over a larger revenue base in 1996.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS--PRO FORMA

     Due to the significance of the Combinations in July 1997 and the Lexington
Acquisition in June 1998, pro forma statements of operations are presented for
1997, the 1997 Period and the 1998 Period, which give effect to the results of
the Company combined with all the Founding Companies and the Lexington
Acquisition as if the Combinations and the Lexington Acquisition had occurred
at the beginning of each respective period, along with certain adjustments
associated with the Combinations, the Pooling Acquisitions and the Lexington
Acquisition.

     The pro forma results include the effects of: (i) the Combinations and the
Lexington Acquisition; (ii) amortization of goodwill resulting from the
Combinations and the Lexington Acquisition; (iii) certain adjustments to
salaries, bonuses, management fees and benefits to former owners and key
management of the Founding Companies, the Lexington Acquisition and the Pooling
Acquisitions, to which such persons have agreed prospectively ("Compensation
Differential"); (iv) reversal of acquisition costs associated with Pooling
Acquisitions; and (v) provision for income taxes as if pro forma income was
subject to corporate federal and state income taxes during the periods.

     The pro forma financial data have been prepared for comparative purposes
only and do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations which
actually would have resulted had the Founding Companies and the Lexington been
under common control prior to the Combinations or the Lexington Acquisition, or
which may result in the future.

                                       20
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth for 1997, the 1997 Period and the 1998
Period certain items from the Company's Selected Pro Forma Statement of Income
Financial Data expressed as a percentage of net revenues:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            THREE MONTHS
                                                                                ENDED
                                                        YEAR ENDED            MARCH 31,
                                                       DECEMBER 31,   -------------------------
                                                           1997           1997          1998
                                                      -------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>           <C>
 Net revenues .....................................        100.0%         100.0%        100.0%
 Operating expenses ...............................         61.1           62.4          57.1
                                                           -----          -----         -----
 Gross profit .....................................         38.9           37.6          42.9
 General and administrative expenses ..............         21.9           19.8          26.6
 Goodwill amortization ............................          2.2            2.5           2.2
                                                           -----          -----         -----
 Income from operations ...........................         14.8           15.3          14.1
 Other expenses, net ..............................          0.2            0.6            --
                                                           -----          -----         -----
 Income before provision for income taxes .........         14.6           14.7          14.1
 Provision for taxes ..............................          6.1            6.2           5.8
                                                           -----          -----         -----
 Net income .......................................          8.5%           8.5%          8.3%
                                                           =====          =====         =====
</TABLE>

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

     Net revenues increased $7.1 million, or 34.0%, from $20.8 million in the
1997 Period to $27.8 million in the 1998 Period. The increase in net revenues
is primarily attributable to increased sales volumes of travel services by the
Company in each segment. Net revenues for the period increased 55.2%, 21.0%,
19.6% and 34.0%, in the cruise, air, European auto rental, and hotel segments,
respectively. Cruise passengers handled increased from 71,000 to 106,000
(49.3%), airline tickets issued increased from 60,000 to 75,000 (25.0%),
European car rental reservations increased from 63,000 to 77,000 (22.2%), and
hotel room nights increased from 338,000 to 466,000 (37.9%). Of the 34.0%
increase in combined pro forma net revenues, 9.5% was attributable to the
Purchase Acquisitions and 24.5% was attributable to internal growth at the
Founding Companies, the Pooling Acquisitions and the Lexington Acquisition.

     Operating expenses increased $2.9 million, or 22.7%, from $12.9 million in
the 1997 Period to $15.9 million in the 1998 Period. As a percentage of net
revenues, total operating expenses decreased from 62.4% in the 1997 Period to
57.1% in the 1998 Period, primarily as a result of a decrease in commission and
net advertising expenses as percentages of net revenues.

     General and administrative expenses increased $3.3 million, or 80.4%, from
$4.1 million in the 1997 Period to $7.4 million in the 1998 Period, and were
19.8% and 26.6% of net revenues, respectively. This increase as a percentage of
net revenues was primarily the result of expenses associated with being a
public company and corporate overhead which did not exist prior to the initial
public offering, offset in part as a result of spreading overhead costs over a
larger revenue base.

     Goodwill amortization expense increased $98,000, or 19.3%, from $509,000
in the 1997 Period to $607,000 in the 1998 Period. The increase in goodwill
amortization expense in the 1998 Period was the result of amortization related
to the Purchase Acquisitions.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     The Company's three primary sources for liquidity and capital are cash
flow from operating activities, issuance of Common Stock and borrowings under
its Credit Facility.

     In the three months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, on a historical basis,
net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $5.9 million and
$14.2 million, respectively, capital expenditures

                                       21
<PAGE>

were $509,000 and $897,000, respectively, and net repayment of debt was $2.4
million and $249,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1997, on a historical basis, net cash provided by operating activities was
approximately $114,000 and $3.2 million, respectively, capital expenditures
were $3.0 million in each year, and net repayment of debt was $1.1 million and
$3.7 million, respectively.

     On July 28, 1997, the Company issued an aggregate of 6,297,225 shares of
Common Stock, with 3,422,225 shares issued in connection with the Combinations
and 2,875,000 shares sold at a price of $14.00 per share in the Company's
initial public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the initial
public offering (after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and
offering expenses) were $33.2 million. Of this amount, $29.1 million represents
the cash portion of the purchase price related to the Combinations, including
working capital adjustments and estimated reimbursements to stockholders of
three of the Founding Companies that had elected S Corporation status under the
Internal Revenue Code for certain taxes incurred by them in connection with the
Combinations. The remaining $4.1 million was used for general corporate
purposes.

     The Company issued 1,384,689 shares of Common Stock during 1997 in
connection with five acquisitions, excluding the Combinations, and issued
338,411 shares of Common Stock and paid $8.4 million cash consideration during
the 1998 Period in connection with the 1998 Acquisitions.

     The Company has a credit facility agreement with NationsBank, N.A. with
respect to a $30.0 million revolving line of credit (the "Credit Facility") and
a term loan facility of $2.1 million (the "Term Loan"). Borrowings under the
Credit Facility and Term Loan are due October 15, 2000 and October 5, 2000,
respectively. The Credit Facility may be used for acquisitions, letters of
credit not to exceed $3.0 million, and for capital expenditures (including but
not limited to investments in technology) and general corporate purposes which
in the aggregate may not exceed $5.0 million. As of March 31, 1998, outstanding
borrowings under the Credit Facility totaled $8.6 million. On April 1, 1998, an
additional $10.0 million was borrowed under the Credit Facility to finance, in
part, the Cruise Line Purchase. On June 1, 1998, an additional $10.0 million
was borrowed under the Credit Facility to finance, in part, the Lexington
Acquisition. Interest on outstanding balances of the Credit Facility are
computed based on the Eurodollar Rate plus a margin ranging from 1.25% to 2.0%,
depending on certain financial ratios. Availability fees of 25 basis points per
annum payable on the unused portion of the Credit Facility and a facility fee
are paid equal to 5/8 of one percent of the aggregate principal balance on the
Term Loan. The Credit Agreement requires the Company to secure an interest rate
hedge on fifty percent of the outstanding principal amount borrowed under the
Credit Facility and one hundred percent of the outstanding balance on the Term
Loan. As of June 5, 1998, the Company entered into interest rate swap hedge
agreements totaling $16.4 million and maturing in October 2000. The Credit
Facility is secured by substantially all the assets of the Company and requires
the Company to comply with various loan covenants, which include maintenance of
certain financial ratios, restrictions on additional indebtedness and
restrictions on liens, guarantees, advances, capital expenditures, sale of
assets and dividends.

     The Company plans to repay the $28.6 million outstanding under the Credit
Facility as of June 1, 1998 from a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.
All amounts repaid may be reborrowed by the Company.

     On March 30, 1998, $3 million previously pledged to Barnett Bank was
released in exchange for a guarantee by the Company of outstanding debt of one
of the Founding Companies. Such debt, totaling $3,141,241, was repaid on April
28, 1998, including $1,901,838 which was refinanced using the proceeds of the
Term Loan.

     The Company expects to spend in excess of $8 million during 1998 for
capital expenditures, including $4 million for development of technology
applications. The remainder of this 1998 capital budget relates to purchases of
computer hardware and personal computers, telecommunications equipment,
leasehold and building improvements and furniture and fixtures. For the 1998
Period, $897,000 has been expended, of which $307,000 relates to development of
technology applications. The Company also expects to expend approximately $11
million in 1999 for development of technology applications, excluding computer
and telecommunications hardware and implementation costs.

                                       22
<PAGE>

     The technology systems being used currently at the Company's headquarters
are Year 2000 compliant, and new systems currently under development by the
Company are working with compliant standards. An assessment of the Year 2000
readiness of the technology currently being used in the Operating Companies is
in process, and the Company cannot make any assurances with respect to such
readiness at this time. The assessment being conducted by the Company includes
inquiries of management and certification requests from hardware and software
vendors. New systems under development by the Company are expected to replace
some of the older software applications currently in use at certain Operating
Companies. There can be no assurance, however, that such replacements will be
made or will be made on time. The Company can not assess whether its travel
providers and other third parties have appropriate plans to remedy Year 2000
compliance issues where their systems interface with the Company's systems or
otherwise impact its operations. There can be no assurance that a failure of
systems of third parties on which the Company's systems and operations rely to
be Year 2000 compliant will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial conditionand operating results.

     Depending on the methods of financing and the size of potential
acquisitions, the Company believes that the net proceeds of the Offering,
together with cash flow from operating activities and borrowings under the
Credit Facility, will be adequate to meet the Company's capital requirements
over the next 12 months.

SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS

     The results of the Company are subject to quarterly fluctuations caused
primarily by the seasonal variations in the travel industry, especially the
leisure travel segment. Seasonality also varies depending on the travel
segment. Net revenues and operating income of the European auto rental segment
are generally higher in the first and second quarters, net revenues and
operating income of the airline and cruise reservation companies are generally
higher in the second and third quarters, and net revenues and operating income
of the lodging segment are generally higher in the third and fourth quarters.
The Company expects this seasonality and quarterly fluctuations to continue.

     The Company's quarterly results of operations may also be subject to
fluctuations as a result of the timing and cost of acquisitions, changes in the
mix of services offered by the Company, fare wars by travel providers, net
daily rates charged to travelers by hotels, changes in relationships with
certain travel providers (including commission rates and programs), changes in
the timing and payment of overrides by travel providers, extreme weather
conditions or other factors affecting travel or the economy.

     The following table presents summary financial data on a pro forma basis
for each of the five most recent quarterly periods:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED,
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        MARCH 31,      JUNE 30,      SEPTEMBER 30,     DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                           1997          1997             1997             1997            1998
                                       -----------   ------------   ---------------   --------------   ------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>              <C>
Net revenues .......................    $ 20,760       $ 29,213        $ 23,768          $ 19,158        $ 27,818
Gross profit .......................       7,811         12,773           8,917             6,664          11,935
Income from operations .............       3,198          7,120           2,671               826           3,924
Net income .........................       1,766          4,069           1,562               470           2,228
Diluted earnings per share .........    $   0.16       $   0.37        $   0.14          $   0.04        $   0.20
</TABLE>

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     The Company implemented several new accounting pronouncements and
standards in 1997 and 1998. The Company adopted in 1997 Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." Basic earnings per common
share calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings
per

                                       23
<PAGE>

common share calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents (options)
outstanding.

     Pursuant to AICPA Statement of Position No. 98-1, "Accounting for the
Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use" the Company
has begun to capitalize certain direct costs related to strategic systems
development projects. The Company capitalized $492,000 of such costs through
March 31, 1998.

     The Company adopted in 1998 Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No.
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" which establishes standards for reporting
and display of comprehensive income and its components in the financial
statements. For the periods presented there were no differences between net
income and comprehensive net income.

     In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard
No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information
("SFAS No. 131"). SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the way that public
business enterprises report information about operating segments in annual
financial statements and requires that those enterprises report selected
information about operating segments in interim financial reports issued to
shareholders. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about
product and services, geographic areas, and major customers. SFAS No. 131 is
effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1997. Financial statement disclosures for prior periods are required to be
restated. The Company is in the process of evaluating the disclosure
requirements. The adoption of SFAS No. 131 will have no impact on consolidated
results of operations, financial position or cash flow.

                                       24
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     Domestic travel and tourism spending by U.S. travelers was an estimated
$417 billion in 1997 and is forecasted to increase at a compound annual growth
rate of 6.7% through the year 2000. The market for specialized distributors of
leisure travel services is highly fragmented, and includes numerous small
specialized distributors that generally have made little investment in
technology to improve their selling effectiveness efficiency and access to
information. Many of these specialized distributors are small and generally
have made little investment in technology to improve their selling
effectiveness, efficiencies and access to information. Furthermore, most of
these companies lack the volume necessary to obtain preferential pricing from
travel providers or to create effective national marketing campaigns. The
Company believes significant growth opportunities are available to a well
capitalized company providing a broad offering of specialized travel services
with a high level of customer service and state-of-the-art technology
infrastructure.

     CRUISE INDUSTRY. The number of North American cruise passengers is
expected to increase from 5.1 million in 1997 to 7.0 million by the year 2000,
an 11.5% compound annual growth rate. In addition, industry analysts forecast a
10.3% compound annual growth rate in capacity over the same period, with a
total of 25 new vessels, contracted or planned, adding a net supply of
approximately 40,700 berths. The character of a cruise varies significantly
among the different cruise lines and cruise ships. In addition, a cruise
vacation, which consists of lodging, entertainment, dining and travel,
typically represents a large portion of a traveler's vacation budget. As a
result, cruise sales require significant marketing time and effort in
comparison with other travel services. Cruise lines traditionally have relied
primarily on third party distributors to sell virtually all of their berth
capacity. It is estimated that 6% of cruise vacations are sold directly by the
internal sales departments of the cruise lines. While travel agents remain an
important channel of distribution for cruise lines, specialized cruise vacation
distributors have become an increasingly significant source of capacity
utilization and, accordingly, are given preferential pricing, cooperative
advertising dollars and access to preferred berth locations. In contrast to
most traditional travel agents, specialized cruise distributors offer travelers
extensive knowledge of cruise options available and are able to provide more
detailed information with respect to daily excursions and other amenities.

     AIRLINE INDUSTRY. The number of passengers carried by the major U.S. based
airlines increased 2.9% to 542 million in 1997 from 526 million in 1996, with
domestic and international passenger growth of 2.8% and 4.1%, respectively.
Airlines rely heavily on travel agents and specialized distributors to
supplement their own internal marketing efforts. Given their focus on air
travel and their corresponding large volumes of reservations, specialized
distributors often receive preferential pricing from domestic airlines. In
addition, international airlines offer specialized distributors controlled
access to capacity at discounted prices and typically utilize a limited number
of specialized distributors in order to increase capacity utilization without
disrupting their overall pricing strategy. These specialized distributors are
then able to offer non-published discounted fares for domestic and
international flights to both travel agents and travelers.

     EUROPEAN AUTO RENTAL INDUSTRY. U.S. citizen departures to Europe increased
11.1% to 10.1 million in 1997 from 9.0 million in 1996. In 1998, 10.5 million
U.S. citizen departures to Europe are expected. Unlike domestic auto rental
providers which, to a large extent, market directly to travelers in the U.S.,
European auto rental providers rely heavily on third party distributors to
market to U.S. customers traveling abroad. As in the U.S., European auto rental
providers focus on the business traveler segment which peaks in the spring and
fall seasons. As a result, specialized distributors in the U.S. serve an
important role to these European auto rental providers by supplementing their
sales efforts during non-peak periods. In addition, these specialized
distributors serve as a centralized and efficient source of information on
pricing and availability of reservations to travel agents in the U.S.

                                       25
<PAGE>

     LODGING INDUSTRY. Average daily room rates in the U.S. lodging industry
increased 6.2% to $75.04 in 1997 from $70.76 in 1996. Average daily room nights
sold increased 2.3% to 2.3 million in 1997 from 2.2 million in 1996. Average
daily rates and average daily rooms sold are expected to increase 5.3% and
2.2%, respectively, in 1998.

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

   
     The Company is a leading specialized distributor of cruise vacations,
domestic and international airline tickets and European auto rentals, and a
leading provider of electronic hotel reservation services, to travel agents and
travelers. The Company commenced operations in July 1997 concurrently with its
initial public offering and the acquisition of five specialized travel
distributors, and has since acquired an additional 13 operating companies and a
software development company. To date, the Company has focused its acquisitions
primarily on distributors of cruise vacations to take advantage of recognized
growth opportunities in that segment, and has emerged as the largest
distributor of cruise vacations in the world. The Company also looks for
opportunities to expand into new segments of the leisure travel industry that
are complementary to its existing lines of business. In June 1998, the Company
entered the lodging travel services segment with the acquisition of Lexington
which the Company believes is the second largest electronic hotel reservation
services company in the United States. In 1997, on a pro forma basis, the
Company sold reservations for approximately 274,000 airline passengers, 213,000
cruise passengers, 259,000 European auto rentals and 1,316,000 room nights,
representing gross sales volume in excess of approximately $600 million.
    

     The Company offers travel agents and travelers a combination of
specialized expertise, the ability to compare travel options from multiple
travel providers and competitive prices. Unlike traditional travel agents who
often lack extensive knowledge about the specific services being offered,
specialized distributors focus their efforts on certain segments of the travel
service industry and thus provide a greater level of expertise and service with
respect to their segments. The Company's ability to provide in-depth knowledge
about alternative services from multiple travel providers also differentiates
it from the internal sales departments of travel providers, who offer only that
provider's services. The Company has preferred pricing and access to inventory
through its negotiated arrangements with major airline, cruise line and
European auto rental companies, including such travel providers as Continental
Airlines, Inc., Delta Air Lines, Inc., Carnival Cruise Lines, Royal Caribbean
Cruise Lines, Avis Europe Limited and Europcar International S.A. Recognizing
the ability of specialized distributors to sell a significant amount of travel
capacity, as well as their in-depth knowledge, travel providers are
increasingly utilizing specialized distributors as a preferred source of
distribution.

GROWTH STRATEGY

     The Company seeks to become the leading specialized distributor of leisure
travel services by continuing its internal growth strategy and aggressive
acquisition program. While the Company intends to continue to acquire
specialized distributors of leisure travel services, strong internal revenue
growth remains the core of the Company's growth strategy. Key elements of the
Company's growth strategy include the following:

   /bullet/ INVESTMENT IN TECHNOLOGY.  An essential element of the Company's
     growth strategy is the development of state-of-the-art information and
     telecommunication technologies for use by the Company, as well as by
     travel agents and travelers through the Internet. The Company plans to
     invest approximately $15 million over the next 18 months to complete the
     development of its "Universal" architecture, consisting of the Universal
     Agent and Universal Manager applications. The Universal Agent is expected
     to allow the Company to increase its productivity and capabilities by: (i)
     allowing Company agents to process reservations more quickly; (ii)
     enabling Company agents to offer customers more comprehensive product
     information; (iii) providing Company agents additional selling and
     cross-selling capabilities; and (iv) allowing Company agents real time
     access to a comprehensive customer database; and (v) using the Internet to
     provide information and sell reservations. The Universal Manager, which
     will complement the

                                       26
<PAGE>

     Universal Agent application, is expected to allow the Company to
     consolidate fulfillment, back office and accounting procedures and
     effectively use the customer database to source new sales opportunities.
     The first stage of the Universal Agent is expected to be implemented in
     the summer of 1998 in connection with the airline segment of the Company's
     business, with applications for the Company's other travel segments
     expected to be implemented over the next 18 to 24 months.

   /bullet/ EMPHASIZE CROSS-SELLING.  The Company intends to take advantage of
     significant cross-selling opportunities to further enhance revenue growth.
     The Company believes that the development and implementation of its
     technology will allow it to offer "one-stop shopping" for a variety of
     travel services while still providing extensive expertise within each
     leisure travel segment. For example, Travel 800, which currently focuses
     on domestic air travel, has begun to satisfy international air travel
     requests through Diplomat Tours and offer international travelers a
     European auto rental option through Auto Europe. Similarly, each of the
     cruise reservation companies is expected to have the technology to be able
     to provide travelers with domestic and international airline reservations
     related to their cruise vacation. Most of the Operating Companies in the
     Company's cruise segment are now selling Alaska land tour packages
     provided by Ship `N' Shore.

   /bullet/ CAPITALIZE ON ECONOMIES OF SCALE AND BEST PRACTICES.  The Company
     believes that it can achieve significant economies of scale and that its
     sales volumes and relationships with travel providers enable it to obtain
     preferential pricing and access preferred travel provider inventories. The
     Company believes it can also benefit from greater purchasing power in
     certain key expense areas including telecommunications and advertising, as
     well as reduce total operating expenses by outsourcing, eliminating or
     consolidating certain duplicative marketing, back-office and
     administrative functions and by creating shared services centers. In
     addition, the Company has identified certain best practices, including
     marketing techniques, operation strategies and cost efficiencies, that can
     be implemented in order to generate incremental revenue and enhance
     profitability. For example, the Company has begun to implement travel
     insurance and cooperative marketing programs within its cruise business.

   /bullet/ EXPANSION THROUGH ACQUISITION.  The Company continues to seek
     acquisitions in order to gain market share, add new areas of expertise,
     access new geographic markets and enter complementary business lines. The
     Company may also pursue international acquisitions that will enable the
     Company to expand its business model to include leisure travel originating
     in countries other than the U.S. and Canada. The Company will seek
     acquisition candidates that have long standing reputations and
     demonstrated growth and profitability.

    The Company believes that it is well positioned to continue to carry out
     its acquisition program. As consideration for acquisitions, the Company
     uses various combinations of Common Stock and cash and may, in the future,
     also use notes. The Company believes that the experience, reputation and
     relationships of the Operating Companies' management is of significant
     value in the Company's attempts to acquire other specialized distributors
     of travel services. In addition, the Company relies on the industry
     experience of its senior management, particularly Joseph Vittoria, the
     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who is the former Chief Executive
     Officer of Avis, Inc. and a founding member of the World Travel and
     Tourism Council, a global organization of the chief executive officers of
     companies engaged in all sectors of the travel and tourism industry.

    The Company continually reviews acquisitions of companies with long
     standing reputations and demonstrated growth and profitability and has
     held discussions with a number of acquisition candidates. The Company is
     not a party to any agreements regarding any acquisitions as of the date of
     this Prospectus.

                                       27
<PAGE>

ACQUISITIONS

     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
Company's acquisitions:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPERATING COMPANY           DATE OF ACQUISITION     TRAVEL SERVICE SEGMENT     PRIMARY LOCATION
- -------------------------   ---------------------   ------------------------   -------------------------
<S>                         <C>                     <C>                        <C>
Auto Europe                 July 1997               European auto rentals      Portland, Maine
Cruises Inc.                July 1997               Cruise vacations           Syracuse, New York
Cruises Only                July 1997               Cruise vacations           Orlando, Florida
D-FW Tours                  July 1997               International air          Dallas, Texas
Travel 800                  July 1997               Domestic air               San Diego, California
Cruise Fairs of America     November 1997           Cruise vacations           Los Angeles, California
CruiseOne                   November 1997           Cruise vacations           Deerfield Beach, Florida
CruiseWorld                 November 1997           Cruise vacations           New York Tri-State area
Ship `N' Shore(1)           November 1997           Cruise vacations           Englewood, Florida
Trax Software               December 1997           Software development       Delray Beach, Florida
Diplomat Tours(2)           January 1998            International air          Sacramento, California
Gold Coast Cruises          February 1998           Cruise vacations           North Miami, Florida
AutoNet International       February 1998           European auto rentals      Delray Beach, Florida
CruiseMasters               March 1998              Cruise vacations           Los Angeles, California
The Cruise Line Inc.        April 1998              Cruise vacations           North Miami, Florida
Landry & Kling              May 1998                Cruise vacations           Coral Gables, Florida
The Travel Company          May 1998                Cruise vacations           Atherton, California
Lexington Services          June 1998               Lodging reservations       Irving, Texas
ABC Corporate Services      July 1998               Lodging reservations       Oak Brook, Illinois
</TABLE>
    

- ----------------
(1) Includes Ship `N' Shore Cruises, Inc., SNS Coach Line, Inc., SNS Travel
    Marketing, Inc., Cruise Mart, Inc. and Cruise Time, Inc.
(2) Includes Diplomat Tours, Inc. and International Airline Consolidators.

     Since the completion of the Company's initial public offering in July
1997, the Company has acquired 12 operating companies and a software
development company. To date, the Company has focused its acquisitions
primarily on distributors of cruise vacations to take advantage of recognized
growth opportunities in that segment and has emerged as the largest distributor
of cruise vacations in the world. The Company has recently entered into the
lodging segment through its purchase of Lexington. The following is a summary
of the strategy underlying the Company's acquisitions since the Company's
initial public offering:

   
   /bullet/ Lexington Services and ABC Corporate Services--enabled the Company
     to enter into the lodging travel services segment.
    

   /bullet/ The Cruise Line Inc. and Gold Coast Cruises--significantly
     bolstered the Company's presence in the cruise segment, particularly in
     South Florida.

   /bullet/ Ship `N' Shore--provided Alaska land tour operations and
     expertise in the Alaska cruise market.

   /bullet/ CruiseMasters, Cruise Fairs of America and The Travel
     Company--provided a West Coast presence for the distribution of cruise
     vacations and added specific marketing expertise.

   /bullet/ CruiseOne--added a cruise franchise distribution system
     consisting of more than 350 franchisees.

   /bullet/ CruiseWorld--provided eight retail cruise distribution locations
     in the New York Tri-State area.

   /bullet/ Landry & Kling--provided expertise in cruise charters and
     corporate incentive marketing.

   /bullet/ Diplomat Tours and AutoNet International--expanded presence in
     European airline tickets and auto rental markets and bolstered
     relationships with travel agents.

   /bullet/ Trax Software--accelerated the development of the Company's
     technology systems.

                                       28
<PAGE>

OPERATING STRATEGY

     The Company seeks to provide comprehensive, quality leisure travel
services, while improving efficiencies in its operations. The components of the
Company's operating strategy include the following:

   /bullet/ PROVIDE EXTENSIVE EXPERTISE IN SPECIFIC TRAVEL SEGMENTS. The
     Company is a specialist in several travel services segments. By leveraging
     this specialized knowledge, the Company provides a higher level of
     expertise and information for a broader array of travel services than may
     be available through traditional distribution channels.

   /bullet/ MAINTAIN AND ENHANCE STRONG STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS WITH TRAVEL
     PROVIDERS.  The Company believes that its strategic relationships with
     travel providers are integral to its success. The Company has negotiated
     with many travel providers for pricing that is often lower than published
     fares and preferred access to capacity. These strategic relationships
     enable the Company to access multiple providers within each travel segment
     and to offer prices that are generally lower than would be available to
     travel agents and travelers.

   /bullet/ MARKET THROUGH MULTIPLE DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS.  The Company
     believes that utilizing multiple distribution channels provides it with
     additional sales opportunities, decreases its reliance on any one channel
     and differentiates it from competitors who offer their products through a
     single channel. The Company currently utilizes three distinct channels of
     distribution: (i) call centers staffed with trained sales personnel; (ii)
     home-based agents (including franchisees) who service their local markets;
     and (iii) traditional travel agents. The Company also intends to expand
     its presence on the Internet in order to create a fourth distribution
     channel for booking its products and services.

   /bullet/ OFFER A HIGH LEVEL OF CUSTOMER SERVICE.  The Company believes that
     maintaining a high level of customer service is essential to its ability
     to generate significant repeat business. In addition to the Company's
     competitive prices, customer service is an important differentiating
     factor to both the leisure traveler who is making a significant investment
     in a vacation and the travel agent who is seeking the ability to make
     travel arrangements with greater ease.

   /bullet/ DEVELOP COMPREHENSIVE BRAND STRATEGY.  The Company has reviewed
     various strategies in connection with the brand recognition and marketing
     of its services and intends to implement a comprehensive brand and
     marketing plan in the second half of 1998. This plan calls for the
     development of a new, identifiable national brand, while preserving
     existing brands that have a strong identity and loyal customer following.

   /bullet/ CAPITALIZE ON MANAGEMENT EXPERTISE. The Company's eight executive
     management personnel average more than 15 years of experience in various
     segments of the travel industry. In addition, the Company believes that
     the experienced local management teams at the Operating Companies have an
     in-depth understanding of their respective markets and businesses and have
     built strong relationships with travel providers and customers.

SERVICES

     The Company distributes leisure travel services for cruise vacations,
domestic and international air travel and European auto rentals and also
provides electronic hotel reservation services. The Company currently provides
its services nationwide primarily through the use of toll-free telephone
numbers and computerized central reservation systems. Typically, potential
customers call the Company, often in response to an advertisement or other
promotion. The Company's sales personnel assist potential customers, whether
travel agents or travelers, in selecting the appropriate travel arrangement and
making the reservation.

     CRUISE.  The Company is the largest distributor of cruise line
reservations in the world providing reservations for cruises on all major
cruise lines. Typically, berths are booked on behalf of its customers

                                       29
<PAGE>

at specified discounts from the published prices. In addition, the Company is
permitted to reserve more desirable berths on a number of cruises, which gives
the Company an "exclusive" right to sell these berths for a period of time. If
the Company does not sell these reserved berths, they are returned to the
cruise lines at a specified time, generally 60 or 90 days prior to sailing, at
no cost to the Company. The Company also advises large groups, such as affinity
groups, corporate groups and business seminars, in selecting the appropriate
cruise and sells Alaskan land tour packages directly to travelers and through
certain cruise line providers.

     The Company advises travelers and assists them in selecting the cruise
that best fits their particular needs and desires. This requires the Company's
sales personnel to have extensive knowledge about the character of the various
cruise lines and the differences in their ships and cruises offered. The
Company's sales personnel undergo extensive in-house training, participate in
frequent seminars conducted by cruise lines and often receive complementary
passes for cruises that provide the agent direct cruise line experience.
Through the technology being developed by the Company, detailed information
about ships, itineraries, destinations and other data is expected to be
available to sales personnel at their desktops. Sales personnel endeavor to
develop relationships with travelers in order to encourage repeat business. The
Company provides extensive services to its cruise customers in the form of
periodic mailings of information, reviews of various cruises and ships, advice
regarding planning for the specific cruise and assistance in preparing the
necessary travel documents. In addition to reserving a berth on a cruise,
reservation agents can give customers information about the activities,
shopping, sightseeing and restaurants available at the various ports at which
the cruise stops and can make reservations for these activities. In 1997, the
Company recognized cruise pro forma net revenue of $34.3 million on
reservations for over 213,000 passengers on over 45 cruise lines, representing
gross sales volume of approximately $270 million.

     AIR TRAVEL.  The Company provides reservations for both domestic and
international airline flights. Through strategic relationships with most major
airlines, the Company is generally able to offer fares below published rates.
The Company sells domestic airline reservations to travelers relying primarily
on its reputation and telephone numbers such as 1-800-FLY-CHEAP and
1-800-LOW-FARE to attract business. The Company sells reservations for
international flights primarily to travel agents utilizing multiple fax
distribution technology to advise travel agents of special fares and
promotions. In 1997, the Company recognized airline pro forma net revenues of
$15.5 million on reservations for over 274,000 passengers, representing gross
sales volume of approximately $98 million.

     EUROPEAN AUTO RENTAL.  The Company provides reservations in the U.S. and
Canada for auto rentals in Europe. The Company has agreements with a number of
auto rental companies that operate in Europe, such as Alamo Europe, Avis Europe
Limited, EuroDollar and Europcar International S.A., which provide automobiles
to the Company for rental. The Company's European auto rental customers are
primarily travel agents. The Company's field representatives establish and
maintain relationships with a majority of the travel agents located in the U.S.
Auto rentals in Europe pose a number of challenges for a U.S. traveler. In
addition to costs such as drop off fees and airport levies, travelers run the
risk of additional costs associated with currency fluctuations and rate changes
if they do not pre-pay in U.S. dollars. Travelers are also faced with age
restrictions, lack of flexibility in drop off and pick up and insurance
complications. Further, the difficulty obtaining air conditioned, automatic
transmission cars makes the European auto rental process difficult for
travelers. The Company is able to simplify the process and overcome many of
these challenges for travel agents and travelers. The Company maintains 24-hour
toll-free numbers connected directly to its customer service department in the
U.S. from which its customers in Europe can obtain emergency assistance. These
toll-free numbers provides the customer with an English speaking contact with
access to the appropriate emergency roadside assistance in the relevant foreign
location. In 1997, the Company recognized European auto rental pro forma net
revenues of $32.7 million from over 259,000 travelers, representing gross sales
volume of approximately $81 million.

     LODGING.  The Company provides electronic reservation processing services
to over 2,100 independent and chain hotels in 48 countries worldwide. The
Company's lodging service revenues are

                                       30
<PAGE>

generally commission based and, therefore, largely depend on the volume of
reservations processed on behalf of its hotel customers. The Company generally
processes hotel reservations through the major computerized central reservation
systems, including SABRE Group and Amadeus, through Internet sites such as
TravelWeb and Expedia and through its call center. In 1997, the Company
recognized hotel pro forma net revenues of $10.5 million from 1.3 million room
nights, representing gross sales volume of approximately $150 million.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

     The Company has adopted an information technology strategy that is focused
on delivering value to the Company's operations and its customers and travel
providers, while enabling efficient and effective "back-office" processes.

     The core of the Company's information technology strategy is the expected
implementation of "Universal" architecture, a series of browser-based
applications currently under development for use by Company personnel, travel
agents and travelers to access and sell or purchase the Company's products and
services. The Universal architecture is expected to allow the Company to sell
better and faster, enabling real-time access to preferred fares and rates,
inventories, product information, and customer profiles and history. This
platform is also expected to be implemented on the Internet for access by
travel agents and travelers to locate travel information and make travel
reservations.

     The Company's information technology strategy consists of two key
components: the Universal Agent and the Universal Manager. The Universal Agent
applications are being designed to streamline and enhance the selling process
and to permit simultaneous access to multiple source systems, including the
Company's own database of preferred rates and fares and central reservation
systems that hold inventory, such as SABRE and Amadeus. The Company is also
designing systems to facilitate direct access to inventories of travel
providers. The acquisition of Trax Software, Inc. ("Trax") in December 1997
accelerated the development of the design of the Universal Agent applications
by using the logic contained within the Trax software and leveraging the
in-depth industry knowledge of the Trax developers who joined the Company. The
Universal Manager applications are expected to provide the tools necessary to
allow the Company to consolidate back-office processes, including customer
service, ticketing and fulfillment, and accounting.

     The Company is also investing in database management tools and
infrastructure, including data warehousing tools to facilitate management
reporting and decision support activities. The customer information database is
at the center of this effort. The Company is investing in its customer
information database, with the goal of owning the most comprehensive collection
of customer information in the leisure travel industry.

TRAVEL PROVIDER RELATIONSHIPS

     The Company receives from certain travel providers pricing that is
preferential to published fares which enables the Company to offer prices lower
than would be generally available to travelers and travel agents. The Company's
agreements with its travel providers can generally be canceled or modified by
the travel provider upon relatively short notice. Other distributors may have
similar arrangements with travel providers, some of which may provide better
availability or more competitive pricing than that offered by the Company.

     The Company has negotiated arrangements with many major airline, cruise
line and European auto rental companies and certain hotel chains. In 1997, (i)
two auto rental companies represented an aggregate of 87% of European auto
rental pro forma net revenues; (ii) six cruise lines represented an aggregate
of 74% of cruise pro forma net revenues; and (iii) two airlines represented an
aggregate of 52% of airline pro forma net revenues.

                                       31
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth a list of certain of the Company's travel
providers:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CRUISE LINES                  AIRLINES               EUROPEAN AUTO RENTAL COMPANIES   HOTELS
- ----------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------
<S>                           <C>                    <C>                              <C>
Carnival Cruise Line          American Airlines      Alamo Europe                     Extended Stay America
Celebrity Cruise Line         British Airways        Avis Europe Limited              Harvey Hotels
Holland America               Continental Airlines   Budget                           Helmsley Hotels
Norwegian Cruise Line         Delta Air Lines        Europcar International S.A.      Summerfield Suites
Princess Cruises              Northwest Airlines
Royal Caribbean Cruise Line   US Airways
                              United Airlines
</TABLE>

SALES AND MARKETING

     The Company engages in different marketing and advertising programs
depending on the particular travel service and whether the customers are
primarily travel agents or travelers. The Company markets domestic air travel
service through the use of various toll-free numbers, such as 1-800-FLY-CHEAP
and 1-800-LOW-FARE. The Company markets its other services to travelers in
numerous ways, principally through newspaper and magazine advertisements
highlighting toll-free numbers and special travel offers. In addition, the
Company advertises on cable and satellite television and through direct mail.
In many cases, the travel providers contribute to the cost of the advertising
and marketing. To market directly to travel agents, the Company uses dedicated
sales personnel, direct mailings and fax distribution technology. The Company
believes it will be able to significantly increase its revenue base by offering
travel agents and travelers a broader range of travel services through a single
telephone call to any of the Company's locations or through the Internet. In
addition, the Company will focus on increasing its revenues from its existing
customers by cross-selling its services and broadening its service offerings.

COMPETITION

     The travel service industry is extremely competitive and has low barriers
to entry. The Company competes with other distributors of travel services,
travel providers, travel agents, tour operators, group travel sponsors and
central reservation service providers, some of which have greater experience,
brand name recognition and/or financial resources than the Company. The Company
competes for customers based upon service, price and specialized in-depth
knowledge and, with respect to sales to travel agents, attractive commission
structures. The Company's travel providers may decide to compete more directly
with the Company and restrict the availability and/or preferential pricing of
their capacity. In addition, other distributors may have relationships with
certain travel providers, providing better availability or more competitive
pricing than that offered by the Company. Furthermore, some travel agents and
group travel sponsors have a strong presence in their geographic area which may
make it difficult for the Company to attract customers in those areas.

EMPLOYEES

     As of June 1, 1998, the Company had 1,416 full-time employees, of whom 673
were employed in connection with cruise services, 302 were employed in
connection with air services, 281 were employed in connection with European
auto rental services, 128 were employed in connection with hotel services and
32 were employed at the Company's corporate headquarters. In addition, the
Company had contracts with 264 independent contractors and 353 franchisees, and
used temporary employees as required to meet the needs of seasonal demand. The
Company believes that its relations with its employees, independent contractors
and franchisees are good.

FACILITIES

     As of June 1, 1998, the Company had 29 office facilities, two of which it
owns and 27 of which are leased. As the Company continues to implement its
growth strategy, certain changes are expected, such as combinations of
facilities, expansion of other facilities, and the implementation of new call
centers or shared services centers.

                                       32
<PAGE>

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company is involved in various legal claims and actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. The Company believes that none of these actions
will have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and
results of operations.

                                       33
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The following table sets forth information concerning the Company's
directors and executive officers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                   AGE                           POSITION
- ----                                   ---                           --------
<S>                                   <C>     <C>
Joseph V. Vittoria(1)(3) ..........    63     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Michael J. Moriarty ...............    51     President and Chief Operating Officer
Jill M. Vales .....................    40     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Maryann Bastnagel .................    41     Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Suzanne B. Bell ...................    31     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Melville W. Robinson ..............    42     Vice President, Corporate Development
John C. DeLano ....................    38     Vice President, Operations
Spencer Frazier ...................    46     Vice President, Marketing
Robert G. Falcone .................    56     CEO-Cruises Inc.; Director
Wayne Heller(3) ...................    41     CEO-Cruises Only; Director
Imad Khalidi ......................    46     CEO-Auto Europe; Director
John W. Przywara ..................    46     CEO-D-FW Tours; Director
Elan J. Blutinger(2) ..............    42     Director
D. Fraser Bullock(1)(3) ...........    43     Director
Tommaso Zanzotto(1)(2) ............    55     Director
Leonard A. Potter .................    36     Advisory Director
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) Member of Audit Committee
(2) Member of Compensation Committee
(3) Member of Acquisition Committee

     JOSEPH V. VITTORIA became the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and a
director of the Company in July 1997. From September 1987 to February 1997, Mr.
Vittoria was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Avis, Inc., a
multinational auto rental company where he was employed for over 26 years. Mr.
Vittoria was responsible for the purchase of Avis, Inc. by creating one of the
world's largest Employee Stock Ownership Plans in 1987. He is a founding member
of the World Travel and Tourism Council, a global organization of the chief
executive officers of companies engaged in all sectors of the travel and
tourism industry. He has been named travel executive of the year several times
by various travel media, including BUSINESS TRAVEL NEWS, TRAVEL WEEKLY, TRAVEL
AGENT TOUR AND TRAVEL NEWS-NORTH AMERICA. Mr. Vittoria serves on the Board of
Directors of Transmedia Europe, Transmedia Asia, Carey International, Inc.,
ResortQuest International, Inc., CD Radio, Inc. and various non-profit
associations.

     MICHAEL J. MORIARTY became the President and Chief Operating Officer of
the Company in July 1997. Mr. Moriarty was the President and Chief Operating
Officer of Studio Plus Hotels, Inc., a national extended stay hotel company
from July 1996 until its sale in 1997. From 1981 to July 1996, Mr. Moriarty
held various senior executive positions with the Marriott Company, a hotel
company, including Brand Vice President of Marriott International (1994-1996),
Vice President of Operations for the Residence Inn by Marriott Company
(1989-1994), Vice President Finance and Development of Residence Inn
(1987-1989), Vice President of Finance and Development for the Roy Rogers
Restaurants Company, a subsidiary of the Marriott Company, and Director of
Finance and Business Analysis for Marriott Hotels and Resorts.

     JILL M. VALES became Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
the Company in July 1997. From 1996 to 1997, Ms. Vales served as the Chief
Operating Officer of Gunster, Yoakley, Valdes-Fauli & Stewart, P.A., a law
firm. From 1990 until 1996, Ms. Vales held various positions at Certified
Vacations, an affiliate of Alamo Rent-A-Car, including Senior Vice President of
Operations and Chief Financial Officer (1994-1996), Vice President of Finance
and Operations (1992-1994) and Senior

                                       34
<PAGE>

Director of Finance and Operations and Controller (1990-1992). From 1979 to
1990, Ms. Vales held various positions at KPMG Peat Marwick, specializing in
auditing travel companies. Ms. Vales is a certified public accountant.

     MARYANN BASTNAGEL became the Senior Vice President and Chief Information
Officer of the Company in July 1997. From 1989 to 1997, Ms. Bastnagel held
various positions with Marriott International, Inc. in information services and
technology, including Vice President of Business Technology, where she was
responsible for defining systems and technology strategy for the Marriott
Lodging Group. From 1990 to 1994, Ms. Bastnagel was Vice President of
Information Systems and a member of the Executive Committee for Residence Inn
by Marriott. From 1985 to 1989, she was a Senior Manager with Price Waterhouse
Management Consulting Services on large scale information systems development
projects. From 1981 to 1985, Ms. Bastnagel was a Senior Consultant with Booz,
Allen & Hamilton, Inc.

   
     SUZANNE B. BELL became the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of the Company in July 1997. From July 1996 to July 1997, Ms. Bell
was an attorney at Greenberg Traurig Hoffman Lipoff Rosen & Quentel, P.A. From
September 1991 to July 1996, she was an attorney at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
LLP. Ms. Bell concentrated her law practice in the areas of mergers and
acquisitions and securities laws, representing both public and private
companies.
    

     MELVILLE W. ROBINSON became the Vice President, Corporate Development of
the Company in July 1997. From 1994 to July 1997, Mr. Robinson served as the
Chief Financial Officer of Cruises Only, one of the Founding Companies. From
1989 until 1993, Mr. Robinson was the President and Chief Financial Officer of
the Gale Group, a U.S. based consumer products manufacturing firm. From 1986 to
1989, Mr. Robinson was a Managing Director at PNC Merchant Banking Corp., where
he founded and managed the Growth Capital Group. From 1983 to 1986, Mr.
Robinson was the Chief Financial Officer of Drug Emporium Inc., a
publicly-traded discount drugstore chain.

     JOHN C. DELANO became Vice President, Operations, of the Company in
January 1998. Mr. DeLano spent nearly twenty years in the auto rental industry,
and from 1991 to 1997 he served as Managing Director and National Operations
Manager for Avis Australia, where he coordinated the marketing, operations,
human resources, information technology, sales, fleet, accounting and field
management functions. In 1992, while under Mr. DeLano's supervision, Avis
Australia was awarded the prestigious Australian Quality Award (similar to the
Malcolm Baldridge Award in the U.S.) and the 1996 Australian Customer Service
Award.

     SPENCER FRAZIER became Vice President, Marketing, of the Company in April
1998. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Frazier served as the President of Worldwide
Concepts, Inc., a consulting firm focused on the promotion of worldwide
tourism. From 1994 to 1996, he was the Executive Vice President of Kloster
Cruise Limited, overseeing marketing and sales for Royal Cruise Line and
international marketing for Norwegian Cruise Line. From August 1991 to July
1994, he was President of Royal Viking Line.

     ROBERT G. FALCONE became a director of the Company in July 1997. Mr.
Falcone has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cruises Inc.
since its founding in 1982. Mr. Falcone is a member of the National Association
of Cruise Only Agencies ("NACOA"), the Airline Reporting Corporation ("ARC"),
the Travel Council of the World (Environmental Group), the American Society of
Travel Agents ("ASTA"), Cruise Lines International Association ("CLIA") and is
the co-founder of the Society of Elite Agents, a trade association of leading
cruise specialists ("SEA").

     WAYNE HELLER became a director of the Company in July 1997. Mr. Heller has
served as the Chief Executive Officer of Cruises Only since its founding in
1985 and was previously employed with Norwegian Caribbean Cruise Lines from
1980 to 1984. Mr. Heller is a member of ASTA, NACOA and CLIA.

     IMAD KHALIDI became a director of the Company in July 1997. Mr. Khalidi
has been President of Auto Europe since 1992. In 1990, he joined Auto Europe as
Executive Vice President of Marketing and

                                       35
<PAGE>

Sales. From 1983 to 1990, Mr. Khalidi served as an International Travel Trade
Manager and an International Licensee Manager with Europcar International S.A.,
an auto rental company in France. Mr. Khalidi is a member of the Association of
Retail Travel Agencies ("ARTA"), ASTA and CLIA.

     JOHN W. PRZYWARA became a director of the Company in July 1997. Mr.
Przywara has served as President of D-FW Tours since its founding in 1978. Mr.
Przywara is a member of the ARC, CLIA and IATAN.

     ELAN J. BLUTINGER has been a director of the Company since October 1996.
Mr. Blutinger is a Managing Director of Alpine Consolidated LLC, a consolidator
of highly fragmented businesses. From 1987 to 1995, he was the Chief Executive
Officer of Shoppers Express, Inc., an electronic retailing service, which he
founded. From 1983 to 1986, Mr. Blutinger was the Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of DSI, a wholesale distributor for the personal computer industry
until its acquisition in 1986 by Independent Distribution Incorporated. Mr.
Blutinger is also a director and co-founder of ResortQuest International, Inc.

     D. FRASER BULLOCK has been a director of the Company since October 1996.
Mr. Bullock is a Managing Director of Alpine Consolidated LLC, and was most
recently the President and Chief Operating Officer of VISA Interactive, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of VISA International from its inception in 1994 to
1996. In 1993, Mr. Bullock became the President and Chief Operating Officer of
U.S. Order, Inc., a provider of remote electronic transaction processing, until
it was acquired by VISA International in 1994. From 1991 to 1992, Mr. Bullock
was the Senior Vice President of U.S. Order, Inc. From 1986 to 1991, he was the
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of World Corp., Inc., a
holding company with various operating subsidiaries including World Airways,
Inc. Mr. Bullock was a founding partner of Bain Capital, a Manager of Bain and
Company, and a founder of MediVision, Inc., a consolidation of eye surgery
centers. Mr. Bullock is also a director and co-founder of ResortQuest
International, Inc.

     TOMMASO ZANZOTTO became a director of the Company in July 1997. Mr.
Zanzotto is the President of Toscana Ville E Castelli, a real estate
development company which owns and operates residential and commercial
properties in the lodging and hotel industry. From 1994 to 1996, he was the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Hilton International. From 1969 to
1993, Mr. Zanzotto held various positions with American Express Travel Related
Services including President International, American Express Financial and
Travel Services (1990-1993); President, American Express Corporate Card
Division (1987-1990); President, American Express Travelers Cheques (Europe,
Africa, Middle East). Mr. Zanzotto is a member of the World Travel and Tourism
Council, and a Governor of the Transportation and Travel Committee of the World
Economic Summit. Mr. Zanzotto is also a director of Compass International
Services Corporation.

     LEONARD A. POTTER served as a director of the Company from its formation
until May 1997. After the initial public offering in July 1997, he became an
Advisory Director to the Board. Mr. Potter is a co-founder and Managing
Director of Capstone Partners, LLC, a venture firm specializing in
consolidation transactions. Capstone Partners, LLC was a co-founder of
Staffmark, Inc. and ResortQuest International, Inc. Prior to forming Capstone
Partners, LLC in April 1996, Mr. Potter was an attorney at Morgan, Lewis &
Bockius LLP for more than five years practicing in the areas of mergers and
acquisitions and securities law. While at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius he
represented a number of public companies in connection with their creation and
subsequent implementation of consolidation strategies similar to the Company's,
including U.S. Office Products, F.Y.I. Incorporated and Cotelligent Group.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The Board of Directors of the Company consists of nine directors divided
into three classes with each class serving for a term of three years. As of the
date of this Prospectus, there is one vacancy on the Board of Directors. At
each annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected by the holders

                                       36
<PAGE>

of the Common Stock to succeed those directors whose terms are expiring.
Directors whose terms expire in 1998 are: Elan J. Blutinger, D. Fraser Bullock
and Tommaso Zanzotto; directors whose terms expire in 1999 are: Imad Khalidi,
John W. Przywara and Joseph V. Vittoria; directors whose terms expire in 2000
are: Robert G. Falcone and Wayne Heller. The Board of Directors has established
an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Acquisition Committee, and may
establish other committees from time to time as the Board may determine.

     The Advisory Director attends meetings of the Board of Directors, consults
with officers and directors of the Company and provides guidance (but not
direction) concerning management and operation of the Company's business. The
Advisory Director is not a director of the Company and accordingly will not
have a right to vote as a director.

     The Audit Committee consists of three members, two of whom are independent
directors. The Audit Committee makes recommendations concerning the engagement
of independent public accountants, reviews with the independent public
accountants the plans and the results of the audit engagement, approves
professional services provided by the independent public accountants, reviews
the independence of the independent public accountants, reviews recommendations
regarding the Company's accounting methods and the adequacy of its systems of
internal accounting controls, and reviews and approves financial press releases
and reports.

     The Compensation Committee consists of two members, each of whom is a
"disinterested director," as defined in the rules promulgated by the Securities
and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, and an "outside director"
within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The
Compensation Committee determines compensation for the Company's executive
officers, administers the Company's Plan and makes recommendations to the Board
of Directors with respect to the Company's compensation policies.

     The Acquisition Committee consists of three fixed members and one floating
member. The floating member changes based upon the business segment to which an
acquisition relates. The Acquisition Committee has the authority to review and
approve acquisitions with a purchase price of $10 million or less, provided
that if the acquisition relates to a new line of business for the Company, then
the acquisition must be reviewed and approved by the full Board of Directors.

     The Board of Directors does not have any other committees at this time,
although additional committees may be formed in the future. All officers serve
at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION; 1997 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK PLAN

     Directors who are also employees of the Company or one of its subsidiaries
do not receive additional compensation for serving as directors. Each director
who is not an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries receives a fee
of $2,000 for attendance at each Board of Directors' meeting and $1,000 for
each committee meeting (unless held on the same day as a Board of Directors'
meeting). Directors are also reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
attending meetings of the Board of Directors or committees thereof incurred in
their capacity as directors.

     The Company's 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan (the "Directors'
Plan") , which was adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the
Company's stockholders in 1997, provides for: (i) the automatic grant to each
non-employee director and Advisory Director (a "Participant") serving at the
commencement of the initial public offering of an option to purchase 10,000
shares; and thereafter (ii) the automatic grant to each Participant of an
option to purchase 10,000 shares upon such person's initial election as a
director or appointment as an Advisory Director. In addition, the Directors'
Plan provides for an automatic annual grant to each Participant of an option to
purchase 5,000 shares at each annual meeting of stockholders following the
initial public offering; provided, however, that if the first annual meeting of
stockholders following a person's initial election as a non-employee director
or appointment by the Board as an Advisory Director is within three months of
the date of such election

                                       37
<PAGE>

or appointment, such person will not be granted an option to purchase 5,000
shares of Common Stock at such annual meeting. These options will have an
exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of a share at the date
of grant. Options granted under the Directors' Plan will expire at the earlier
of 10 years from the date of grant or one year after termination of service as
a director or advisor, and options will be immediately exercisable. In
addition, the Directors' Plan permits Participants to elect to receive, in lieu
of cash directors' fees, shares or credits representing "deferred shares" that
may be settled at future dates, as elected by the Participants. The number of
shares or deferred shares received will be equal to the number of shares which,
at the date the fees would otherwise be payable, will have an aggregate fair
market value equal to the amount of such fees. The Company has reserved 100,000
shares of Common Stock for use in connection with the Directors' Plan. Upon
consummation of the initial public offering, Messrs. Blutinger, Bullock,
Zanzotto and Potter each received options to purchase 10,000 shares.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid to the
Company's Chief Executive Officer and five of the Company's other most highly
compensated executive officers whose total annualized salary and bonus was
$100,000 or more (the Chief Executive Officer and such other executive officers
are sometimes referred to herein as the "Named Executive Officers") with
respect to the year ended December 31, 1997:

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           LONG-TERM
                                                                                          COMPENSATION
                                                               ANNUAL COMPENSATION           AWARDS
                                                           ---------------------------   -------------
                                                                                           SECURITIES
                                                                                           UNDERLYING        ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                     YEAR(1)     SALARY(2)($)     BONUS($)      OPTIONS(#)     COMPENSATION($)
- --------------------------------------------   ---------   --------------   ----------   -------------   ----------------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>
Joseph V. Vittoria, CEO ....................      1997          84,615        86,000        100,000             --
Michael J. Moriarty, President/COO .........      1997          63,462        51,500         75,000          6,104(3)
Jill M. Vales, Sr. VP/CFO ..................      1997          63,462        32,000         50,000         24,000(4)
Maryann Bastnagel, Sr. VP/CIO ..............      1997          63,462        48,500        110,000          8,172(3)
Suzanne B. Bell,
  Sr. VP/General Counsel ...................      1997          52,885        27,000         25,000             --
Imad Khalidi,
  VP European Operations(5) ................      1997         293,231       295,000             --             --
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) With the exception of Mr. Khalidi, each of the Named Executive Officers
    commenced employment with the Company upon consummation of the initial
    public offering (July 28, 1997). Mr. Khalidi served as President of Auto
    Europe prior to the initial public offering. Commencing on July 28, 1997,
    Mr. Khalidi served as CEO of Auto Europe and as a director and Vice
    President, European Operations, of the Company.

(2) Annual salaries are as follows: $200,000 for Mr. Vittoria; $150,000 for
    each of Mr. Moriarty, Ms. Vales and Ms. Bastnagel; and $125,000 for Ms.
    Bell. Mr. Khalidi's 1997 salary and bonus include amounts paid by Auto
    Europe prior to the initial public offering. After the initial public
    offering, Mr. Khalidi's annual salary is $140,000.

(3) Consists of relocation expenses paid during 1997.

(4) Consists of consulting fees paid prior to the consummation of the Company's
    initial public offering.

(5) Effective March 1998, Mr. Khalidi no longer serves as Vice President,
    European Operations, but continues in his capacities as CEO of Auto Europe
    and as a director of the Company.

                                       38
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the stock options granted to the Named
Executive Officers during the year ended December 31, 1997:

                       STOCK OPTION GRANTS AND EXERCISE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                               ---------------------------------------------
                                  NUMBER OF      % OF TOTAL
                                 SECURITIES        OPTIONS                                         GRANT
                                 UNDERLYING      GRANTED TO      EXERCISE OR                       DATE
                                   OPTIONS      EMPLOYEES IN      BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION       PRESENT
NAME                             GRANTED(#)      FISCAL YEAR        ($/SH)          DATE        VALUE($)(1)
- ----                            ------------   --------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
Joseph V. Vittoria ..........      100,000           10.4            14.00        7/28/07        821,000
Michael J. Moriarty .........       75,000            7.8            14.00        7/28/07        615,000
Jill M. Vales ...............       50,000            5.2            14.00        7/28/07        410,000
Maryann Bastnagel ...........      110,000           11.4            14.00        7/28/07        903,000
Suzanne B. Bell .............       25,000            2.6            14.00        7/28/07        205,000
Imad Khalidi ................           --            --               --              --             --
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) Calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation method.

     None of the Named Executive Officers exercised any stock options during
1997. Each of the options set forth in the table above will vest in equal
installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the initial public
offering.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS; COVENANTS NOT TO COMPETE

     Mr. Vittoria has entered into an employment agreement with the Company
providing for an annual base salary of $200,000. Mr. Moriarty has entered into
an employment agreement with the Company providing for an annual base salary of
$150,000 plus in the first year a guaranteed minimum bonus of $75,000. Ms.
Vales, Mr. Khalidi, Ms. Bastnagel and Ms. Bell each have entered into an
employment agreement with the Company providing for an annual base salary of
$150,000, $140,000, $150,000 and $125,000 respectively. Each of these
agreements is for a term of three years. In addition, certain executive
officers of the Operating Companies, including Messrs. Falcone, Heller and
Przywara, members of the Board of Directors, have entered into employment
agreements. Effective July 28, 1997, Mr. Falcone's employment agreement is for
a term of five years; Mr. Heller's and Mr. Przywara's employment agreements are
for a term of three years (in each case, the "Initial Term"). Unless terminated
or not renewed by the Company or the employee, the term will continue
thereafter on a year-to-year basis on the same terms and conditions existing at
the time of renewal. Each employment agreement contains a covenant not to
compete (the "Covenant") with the Company for a period of two years immediately
following termination of employment or, in the case of a termination by the
Company without cause in the absence of a change in control, for a period of
one year following termination of employment. Under this Covenant, the
executive officer is prohibited from: (i) engaging in any travel service
business in direct competition with the Company within defined geographic areas
in which the Company or its subsidiaries does business; (ii) enticing a
managerial employee of the Company away from the Company; (iii) calling upon
any person or entity which is, or has been, within one year prior to the date
of termination, a customer of the Company; or (iv) calling upon a prospective
acquisition candidate which the employee knew was approached or analyzed by the
Company, for the purpose of acquiring the entity. The Covenant may be enforced
by injunctions or restraining orders and shall be construed in accordance with
the changing activities, business and location of the Company.

   
     Each of these employment agreements provides that, in the event of a
termination of employment by the Company without cause during the Initial Term
the employee will be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to
his or her then current salary for the remainder of the Initial Term or for one
year, whichever is greater. In the event of a termination of employment without
cause after the Initial Term of the employment agreement, the employee will be
entitled to receive an amount equal to his or her then current salary for one
year. In either case, payment is due in one lump sum on the

                                       39
<PAGE>

effective date of termination. In the event of a change in control of the
Company (as defined in the agreement) during the Initial Term, if the employee
is not given at least five days' notice of such change in control and the
successor's intent to be bound by such employment agreement, the employee's
employment agreement shall be deemed terminated and the employee shall receive
in one lump sum three times the amount he or she would receive pursuant to a
termination without cause during the Initial Term. In addition, in the event of
any change in control situation, the employee may elect to terminate his or her
employment agreement and receive in one lump sum two times the amount he or she
would receive pursuant to a termination without cause during the Initial Term.
The employment agreements of Messrs. Falcone, Heller, Khalidi and Przywara also
state, that in the event of a termination without cause by the Company or a
change in control, the employee may elect to waive the right to receive
severance compensation and, in such event, the non-competition provisions of
the employment agreement will not apply. In the event the employee is given at
least five days' notice of such change in control, the employee may elect to
terminate his employment agreement and receive in one lump sum two times the
amount he would receive pursuant to a termination without cause during the
Initial Term. In such an event, the non-competition provisions of the
employment agreement would apply for two years from the effective date of
termination.
    

     Each agreement with respect to the acquisition of an Operating Company
(including the Founding Companies) also contains a similar covenant prohibiting
sellers from competing with the Company for a periods following the
consummation of the respective acquisition.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS

     The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of the
Company's directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements
require, among other things, that the Company indemnify its directors and
executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, and advance to the
directors and executive officers all related expenses, subject to reimbursement
if it is subsequently determined that indemnification is not permitted. The
Company must also indemnify and advance all expenses incurred by directors and
executive officers seeking to enforce their rights under the Company's
directors' and officers' liability insurance. Although the form of
indemnification agreement offers substantially the same scope of coverage
afforded by provisions in the Charter and Bylaws, it provides greater assurance
to directors and executive officers that indemnification will be available,
because, as a contract, it cannot be modified unilaterally in the future by the
Board of Directors or by the stockholders to eliminate the rights it provides.

1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

     In May 1997, the Board of Directors and the Company's stockholders
approved the Company's 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The purpose
of the Plan is to provide officers, employees, directors who are also
employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, with additional incentives by increasing their ownership
interests in the Company. Individual awards under the Plan may take the form of
one or more of: (i) either incentive stock options ("ISOs") or non-qualified
stock options ("NQSOs"); (ii) stock appreciation rights ("SARs"); (iii)
restricted or deferred stock; (iv) dividend equivalents; and (v) other awards
not otherwise provided for, the value of which is based in whole or in part
upon the value of the Common Stock. The Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors administers the Plan and generally selects the individuals who will
receive awards and the terms and conditions of those awards.

     The Company initially reserved 900,000 shares of Common Stock for use in
connection with the Plan. Beginning with the initial public offering and
continuing each fiscal quarter thereafter, the number of shares available for
use in connection with the Plan may not exceed the greater of 900,000 shares or
12% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last
day of the preceding calendar quarter. Subject to stockholder approval at the
Company's 1998 Annual Stockholders Meeting to be held in July 1998, the
Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors authorized an
increase in the number of shares available for use in connection with the Plan
to 15% of the aggregate number of shares outstanding on the last day of the
preceding calendar quarter.

                                       40
<PAGE>

   
     As of June 8, 1998, 1,260,579 shares are reserved for use in connection
with the Plan (1,440,579 shares after giving effect to the Offering), of which
1,167,663 shares have been granted. Shares of Common Stock which are
attributable to awards which have expired, terminated or been canceled or
forfeited are available for issuance or use in connection with future awards.
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has granted an additional
option to Mr. Vittoria to purchase 100,000 shares, effective July 1, 1998. The
vesting of these options will occur over four years and may be accelerated
based upon thresholds of $50, $75 and $100 for the share price of the Common
Stock. In addition, based upon availability of shares under the Plan and
thresholds for the price of the Common Stock of $50 and $75, additional option
grants of 150,000 shares and 200,000 shares, respectively, are expected to be
issued to Mr. Vittoria. All options will be granted with exercise prices equal
to the fair market value at the time of grant.
    

     The Plan will remain in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors.
The Plan may be amended by the Board of Directors without the consent of the
stockholders of the Company, except that any amendment, although effective when
made, will be subject to stockholder approval if required by any Federal or
state law or regulation or by the rules of any stock exchange or automated
quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted.

401(K) PLAN

     The Company established a new 401(k) plan effective July 1, 1998; existing
401(k) plans and similar plans at the Operating Companies will be suspended or
rolled into the new plan. All employees of the Company, meeting certain minimum
eligibility requirements, are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. The
401(k) Plan provides that each participant may contribute up to 20% of his or
her pre-tax gross compensation (but not greater than a statutorily prescribed
annual limit). The percentage elected by certain highly compensated
participants may be required to be lower. The 401(k) Plan permits, but does not
require, additional contributions to the 401(k) Plan by the Company. All
amounts contributed by employee participants in conformance with plan
requirements and earnings on such contributions are fully vested at all times.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     The Compensation Committee is composed of Tommaso Zanzotto and Elan
Blutinger. Mr. Zanzotto has never been an officer or employee of the Company or
its subsidiaries. Mr. Blutinger was an officer of the Company prior to the
Company's initial public offering. The Company was initially capitalized by
Alpine Consolidated, LLC, a consolidator of highly fragmented businesses, of
which Mr. Blutinger is a Managing Director, and Capstone Partners, LLC. As a
result of a 5,444.45 for one stock split effective on May 14, 1997, the 300
shares of Common Stock initially issued by the Company to its founders,
including Alpine Consolidated, LLC, totaled 1,633,335 shares on the
consummation of the initial public offering. In addition, prior to consummation
of the initial public offering, TSGI Funding, LLC ("TSGI"), a Delaware limited
liability company, extended loans to the Company from time to time in amounts
equal to the legal, accounting and other transactional costs, expenses and
disbursements incurred by the Company in connection with the acquisitions of
the Founding Companies and the initial public offering. The member managers of
TSGI were Alpine Consolidated, LLC and Capstone Partners, LLC. All amounts
loaned by TSGI were repaid, without interest, by the Company on July 28, 1997,
upon consummation of the initial public offering. Such loans aggregated
$950,000.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

FORMATION, INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND FOUNDING COMPANY ACQUISITIONS

     The Company was formed in April 1996. The Company was initially
capitalized by Alpine Consolidated, LLC, a consolidator of highly fragmented
businesses, of which Elan Blutinger and D. Fraser Bullock, Directors of the
Company, are Managing Directors, and Capstone Partners, LLC, a venture firm
specializing in consolidation transactions, of which Leonard Potter, who is an
Advisory Director to the Board, is a Managing Director. As a result of a
5,444.45 for one stock split effective on May 14, 1997, the 300 shares of
Common Stock initially issued by the Company to its founders totaled 1,633,335
shares on the consummation of the initial public offering.

     Prior to consummation of the initial public offering, TSGI Funding, LLC
("TSGI"), a Delaware limited liability company, extended loans to Travel
Services International, Inc. from time to time in an amount equal to the legal,
accounting and other transactional costs, expenses and disbursements incurred
by the Company in connection with the acquisitions of the Founding Companies
and the initial public offering. The member managers of TSGI International,
Inc. were repaid, without interest, by the Company on July 28, 1997, upon
consummation of the initial public offering. Such loans aggregated $950,000.

     The aggregate consideration paid by the Company in the acquisitions of the
Founding Companies consisted of approximately $29.1 million in cash and
3,422,225 shares of Common Stock. In addition, certain non-operating assets
with a net book value of approximately $2.2 million were excluded from the
combinations of the Founding Companies (the "Combinations") and retained by
certain stockholders of the Founding Companies. The following table sets forth
the consideration paid to each of the Founding Companies.

COMPANY                           CASH           SHARES
- -------------------------   ---------------   ------------
                             (IN THOUSANDS)
   Auto Europe ..........       $ 5,000        1,083,334
   Cruises Only .........         9,211          908,334
   Travel 800 ...........         9,241          902,778
   Cruises Inc. .........         3,431          333,334
   D-FW Tours ...........         2,215          194,445
                                -------        ---------
     Total ..............       $29,098        3,422,225
                                =======        =========

     The consideration paid for the Founding Companies was determined through
arm's-length negotiations between the Company and representatives of each
Founding Company. The cash portion includes working capital adjustments,
reimbursements of certain legal and accounting fees incurred by stockholders
and estimated reimbursements to certain stockholders for certain taxes that
will be incurred by them in connection with the Combinations. The factors
considered by the parties in determining the consideration paid included, among
others, the historical operating results, the net worth, the levels and type of
indebtedness and the future prospects of the Founding Companies. Each Founding
Company was represented by independent counsel in the negotiation of the terms
and conditions of the Combinations.

     Pursuant to the agreements entered into in connection with the
acquisitions of the Founding Companies, the stockholders of the Founding
Companies agreed not to compete with the Company for three years, commencing on
the date of consummation of the initial public offering.

     Prior to the initial public offering of the Company, substantially all the
indebtedness of the Founding Companies was personally guaranteed by their
respective stockholders or by entities controlled by such stockholders. In
connection with the Combinations, the Company assumed all remaining payment
obligations of such indebtedness. Indebtedness assumed as of July 28, 1997
includes the following: (i) Auto Europe's mortgage note payable to Key Bank of
$1,181,000, bearing interest at prime plus 1%, payable in monthly principal
installments of $7,000, maturing in August 2002; (ii) Auto Europe's mortgage
note payable to the U.S. Small Business Administration of $735,000, bearing
interest at 7.25%, payable in monthly principal and interest payments of
$6,000, maturing in October 2016; (iii) Cruises Only mortgage payable of
$1,947,000 to Barnett Bank, bearing interest at 7.8% with monthly payments of
$17,000 through October 2000 and thereafter bearing interest at a rate equal to
 

                                       42
<PAGE>

the five year treasury yield plus 1.9% or prime, as selected by Cruises Only
through maturity in October 2005; (iv) Cruises Only note payable to Barnett
Bank of $603,000, bearing interest at 8.5% with monthly payments of $12,000,
maturing in 2002; and (v) Cruises Only note payable to Barnett Bank of
$842,000, bearing interest at prime minus .25% with monthly payments of
$20,000, maturing in 2001.

     Subsequent to the Combinations, the Company repaid the mortgage to the
Small Business Administration as required upon the change in ownership, and
Cruises Only's obligations to Barnett Bank were modified to include a fixed
interest rate of 7.2% and to pledge as collateral Company funds totaling $3
million. The collateral was released in April 1998 in exchange for a guarantee
of such debt by the Company, which was then repaid.

     In connection with the Combinations, as a consideration for their
interests in the Founding Companies, certain directors and holders of more than
5% of the outstanding shares of the Company, together with their spouses or
trusts for the benefit of their immediate family members, received cash
(including working capital adjustments and reimbursements of certain costs and
expenses) and shares of Common Stock of the Company as follows:

                                       CASH         SHARES
                                  -------------   ----------
   Alex Cecil .................    $5,000,000     1,083,334
   Robert G. Falcone ..........    $3,431,000     300,000
   Wayne Heller ...............    $9,211,000     908,334
   Susan Parker ...............    $9,241,000     902,778
   John Pryzwara ..............    $2,215,000     194,445

OTHER TRANSACTIONS

     Since 1990, Cruises Inc. has leased office space from Pioneer Park I
Company ("Pioneer") pursuant to a lease dated August 9, 1990, as subsequently
amended and supplemented. One of the principals of Pioneer is Michael Falcone,
the brother of Robert Falcone. The rent paid by Cruises Inc. to Pioneer during
1997 was $201,000. The lease terminates on February 29, 2006.

     Prior to the initial public offering, 800 Ideas, Inc., the predecessor to
Travel 800 and a company controlled by Susan Parker, a greater than 5%
stockholder of the Company, entered into a Custom Network Service Arrangement
("CNSA") with Sprint Communications Company LP for long distance telephone
services. This contract was not transferred as part of the Combinations, but
was retained by 800 Ideas, Inc. Travel 800 continues to utilize long distance
telephone services under the CNSA and pays for its portion of usage under the
CNSA.

     Jacqueline Duffort Cecil, the wife of Alex Cecil, a holder of more than 5%
of the outstanding shares of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer of
Auto Europe prior to July 1997, loaned $300,000 to Auto Europe on December 31,
1995 and 1996 at an interest rate of prime plus 1%. Auto Europe repaid this in
February 1997.

     During 1995, Auto Europe advanced $2.1 million to Alex Cecil who used the
advance to purchase an island off the coast of Maine. Subsequently he
contributed this island to Auto Europe in return for the cancellation of his
obligations on the advance. This island was not included in the assets of Auto
Europe acquired by the Company in July 1997.

     Auto Europe has purchased computer equipment from The Series II Group,
which is owned by Imad Khalidi, a director of the Company and Chief Executive
Officer of Auto Europe, and certain other employees of Auto Europe. Auto Europe
purchases the equipment at cost to The Series II Group. Auto Europe purchased
$134,000 worth of computer supplies and equipment from The Series II Group
during 1997.

     Prior to the initial public offering, Auto Europe extended a loan to Imad
Khalidi, a director of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of Auto Europe.
The indebtedness is evidenced by a note, the principal amount of which is
$326,000. The note bears interest at 6% and is payable on September 30, 1998.

COMPANY POLICY

     Any future transactions with officers, directors and affiliates will be
approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors.

                                       43
<PAGE>

                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of Common Stock, as of June 8, 1998, and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Company and the Selling
Stockholders, by: (i) each beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company's
Common Stock; (ii) each director of the Company; (iii) each of the Named
Executive Officers; (iv) each Selling Stockholder; and (v) all executive
officers and directors as a group. Except as indicated in the footnotes below,
the persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power with
respect to the shares beneficially owned by them.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SHARES BENEFICIALLY                       SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                           OWNED              SHARES BEING      OWNED AFTER THE
                                                   PRIOR TO THE OFFERING         OFFERED            OFFERING
                                                  ------------------------   --------------   --------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)              NUMBER       PERCENT                       NUMBER     PERCENT
- ---------------------------------------           ------------   ---------                    ---------   --------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>
Joseph V. Vittoria(2) ...........................    370,000         3.3%             --       370,000       2.9%
Michael J. Moriarty(2) ..........................     64,583           *              --        64,583         *
Jill M. Vales(2) ................................     55,333           *              --        55,333         *
Maryann Bastnagel(2) ............................     28,500           *              --        28,500         *
Suzanne B. Bell(2)(3) ...........................     35,750           *              --        35,750         *
Robert G. Falcone(4) ............................    250,000         2.2          25,000       225,000       1.8
Wayne Heller(5) .................................    908,334         8.2          65,000       843,334       6.7
Imad Khalidi ....................................    500,000         4.5              --       500,000       4.0
John W. Przywara ................................    194,445         1.7              --       194,445       1.5
Elan J. Blutinger(6)(7) .........................    323,693         2.9              --       323,693       2.6
D. Fraser Bullock(6) ............................    241,328         2.2          20,000       221,328       1.8
Tommaso Zanzotto(6) .............................     10,242           *              --        10,242         *
J&W Heller Corp.(5) .............................    908,334         8.2          65,000       843,334       6.7
800 Ideas, Inc.(8) ..............................    902,778         8.1         681,000       221,778       1.8
Greystones, Inc.(9) .............................  1,083,334         9.7         704,064       379,270       3.0
William M. DeArman(10) ..........................     28,783           *          14,391        14,392         *
Craig Sakin(10) .................................      9,035           *           9,035            --        --
Leonard A. Potter(6) ............................    113,408         1.0          35,000        78,408         *
William J. Lynch(10) ............................    122,572         1.1          25,000        97,572         *
George R. Begley UST, George R.
  Begley, Jr.(10) ...............................     12,606           *           4,000         8,606         *
George R. Begley UST, Tracey
  Chettle Begley(10) ............................     12,606           *           4,000         8,606         *
The B&LR Investment Company(11) .................     83,110           *          44,110        39,000         *
The Brent & Lori Robinson Charitable
  Trust(11) .....................................     25,000           *          25,000            --        --
William F. Gorog(12) ............................      6,685           *           3,500         3,185         *
Todd Chaffee(12) ................................      4,464           *           4,464            --        --
John C. Bachus, Jr. Revocable Trust(12) .........     32,868           *          30,000         2,868         *
Raelock Ventures, Ltd.(12) ......................      8,929           *           8,929            --        --
Martin Culver(12) ...............................     34,860           *          27,430         7,430         *
Anthony Antonelli(12) ...........................     20,271           *          17,001         3,270         *
The Anthony Antonelli Retirement
  Fund(12) ......................................     27,555           *          27,555            --        --
</TABLE>

                                       44
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SHARES BENEFICIALLY                         SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                            OWNED              SHARES BEING        OWNED AFTER THE
                                                    PRIOR TO THE OFFERING         OFFERED             OFFERING
                                                   ------------------------   --------------   -----------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)               NUMBER       PERCENT                        NUMBER       PERCENT
- ---------------------------------------            ------------   ---------                    ------------   --------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>         <C>              <C>            <C>
Sand Finans A/S(13) ..............................      8,929           *           8,929              --         --
Meltzer Family Limited Partnership(13) ...........     25,963           *          25,963              --         --
Educational Trust for Alex Blutinger(13) .........     13,000           *           4,290           8,710          *
Educational Trust for Erik Blutinger(13) .........     13,000           *           4,290           8,710          *
Educational Trust for Jonathan
  Blutinger(13) ..................................     13,000           *           4,290           8,710          *
Robert Rudolph(13) ...............................     31,665           *          31,665              --         --
Gordon Macklin Family Trust(13) ..................     15,618           *          15,618              --         --
Melvin Usdan(13) .................................     32,103           *          20,000          12,103          *
Steven Garchik(13) ...............................     59,638           *          55,000           4,638          *
Douglas W. Comfort(13) ...........................     31,665           *          22,000           9,665          *
Robert Silverberg(13) ............................      8,929           *           8,929              --         --
Sol W. Goodman(13) ...............................      8,929           *           8,929              --         --
Martin Kahn(13) ..................................     15,618           *          15,618              --         --
All Directors and Executive Officers as
  a Group (15 persons)(14) .......................  2,999,708         26.6        110,000       2,889,708        22.6
</TABLE>
    

- ----------------
  *  Less than 1.0%

 (1) Unless indicated otherwise, the address of the beneficial owners is c/o
     Travel Services International, Inc., 220 Congress Park Drive, Delray
     Beach, Florida 33445.

 (2) Includes the following shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of
     options that will vest within 60 days following the date of this
     Prospectus: 25,000 shares for Mr. Vittoria; 18,750 shares for Mr.
     Moriarty; 12,500 shares for Ms. Vales; 27,500 shares for Ms. Bastnagel;
     and 6,250 shares for Ms. Bell.

 (3) Includes 5,000 shares owned by Ms. Bell's spouse.

 (4) Includes 100,000 shares owned by Judith A. Falcone, his spouse.

 (5) These shares are held of record by J&W Heller Corp., a corporation of
     which Mr. Heller is a 50% stockholder. The remaining 50% of the ownership
     of J&W Heller Corp. is held by Judy Heller, his spouse.

 (6) Includes 10,000 shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of vested
     options.

 (7) Excludes 39,000 shares held by trusts for the benefit of Mr. Blutinger's
     minor children. Mr. Blutinger disclaims ownership, investment and voting
     power of such shares.

 (8) These shares are held of record by 800 Ideas, Inc., a corporation of which
     Susan Parker is the sole stockholder. Effective June 9, 1998, Ms. Parker
     resigned from her position as a member of the Company's Board of
     Directors.

 (9) The stockholder's address is 124 Pine Street, Portland, Maine 04102. Alex
     Cecil, the former owner of Auto Europe, is the sole voting stockholder of
     Greystones, Inc.

(10) The stockholder's address is c/o Capstone Partners, LLC, 9 East 53rd
     Street, 3rd Floor, New York, New York 10022.

(11) The stockholder's address is c/o Alpine Consolidated, LLC, 100 West Canyon
     Crest Road, Alpine, Utah 84004.

(12) The stockholder's address is c/o Alpine Consolidated, LLC, 1683 Box Elder
     Drive, Alpine, Utah 84004.

(13) The stockholder's address is c/o Alpine Consolidated, LLC, 2927 44th
     Street NW, Washington, D.C. 20016.

(14) Includes 132,500 shares that may be acquired upon the exercise of vested
     options or options that will vest within 60 days following the date of
     this Prospectus.

                                       45
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

     The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 51,000,000 shares of
capital stock, par value $.01 per share, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, of which 2,484,501 shares are designated restricted common stock
(the "Restricted Common Stock") and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par
value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). At June 8, 1998, the Company had
outstanding 11,135,528 shares of Common Stock held of record by 142
shareholders, of which 2,484,501 shares are shares of Restricted Common Stock,
and no shares of Preferred Stock. The Company's Board of Directors has approved
the reincorporation of the Company from Delaware to Florida, subject to
stockholder approval at the 1998 Annual Meeting.

COMMON STOCK AND RESTRICTED COMMON STOCK

     All of the rights, privileges and obligations of the Common Stock and
Restricted Common Stock are the same, except for voting rights. The holders of
the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters.
The holders of Restricted Common Stock are entitled to four-tenths of one vote
for each share held on all matters.

     Subject to the rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock,
the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be
declared in the discretion of the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in
the net assets of the Company upon liquidation after payment or provision for
all liabilities and any preferential liquidation rights of any Preferred Stock
then outstanding. The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights to
purchase shares of stock of the Company. Shares of Common Stock are not subject
to any redemption provisions and are not convertible into any other securities
of the Company. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of
Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Prospectus will be upon payment
therefor, fully paid and nonassessable.

     The Board of Directors is classified into three classes as nearly equal in
number as possible, with the term of each class expiring on a staggered basis.
See "Management--Board of Directors." The classification of the Board of
Directors may make it more difficult to change the composition of the Board of
Directors and thereby may discourage or make more difficult an attempt by a
person or group to obtain control of the Company. Cumulative voting for the
election of directors is not permitted, enabling holders of a majority of the
outstanding Common Stock to elect all members of the class of directors whose
terms are then expiring.

     Each share of Restricted Common Stock will automatically convert to Common
Stock on a share for share basis: (a) in the event of a disposition of such
share of Restricted Common Stock by the holder thereof (other than a
disposition which is a distribution by a holder to its partners or beneficial
owners or a transfer to a related party of such holder (as defined in Section
267, 707, 318, and or 4946 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended)),
(b) in the event any person acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, (c) in the event any person
offers to acquire 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Company, or (d) in the event a majority of the aggregate number of votes which
may be voted by the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock and
Restricted Common Stock entitled to vote and approve such conversion. After
December 31, 1999, the Company may elect to convert any outstanding shares of
Restricted Common Stock into shares of Common Stock in the event 80% or more of
the outstanding shares of Restricted Common Stock have been converted into
shares of Common Stock.

PREFERRED STOCK

     The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of
Directors in one or more series. Subject to the provisions of the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation and limitations

                                       46
<PAGE>

prescribed by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt
resolutions to issue the shares, to fix the number of shares and to change the
number of shares constituting any series and to provide for or change the
voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional
or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof,
including dividend rights (including whether dividends are cumulative),
dividend rates, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions),
redemption prices, conversion rights and liquidation preferences of the shares
constituting any series of the Preferred Stock, in each case without any
further action or vote by the stockholders. The Company has no current plans to
issue any shares of Preferred Stock.

     One of the effects of undesignated Preferred Stock may be to enable the
Board of Directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to
obtain control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger
or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of the Company's
management. The issuance of shares of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the Board
of Directors' authority described above may adversely affect the rights of the
holders of Common Stock. For example, Preferred Stock issued by the Company may
rank prior to the Common Stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preference or
both, may have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible into shares
of Common Stock. Accordingly, the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock may
discourage bids for the Common Stock or may otherwise adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock.

STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATIONS PROVISION

     The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law ("Section 203"). Section 203 provides, with certain
exceptions, that a Delaware corporation may not engage in any of a broad range
of business combinations with a person or an affiliate or associate of such
person, who is an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years from the
date that such person became an interested stockholder unless: (i) the
transaction resulting in a person becoming an interested stockholder, or the
business combination, is approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation
before the person becomes an interested stockholder; (ii) the interested
stockholder acquired 85% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation in the same transaction that makes such person an interested
stockholder (excluding shares owned by persons who are both officers and
directors of the corporation, and shares held by certain employee stock
ownership plans); or (iii) on or after the date the person becomes an
interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the
corporation's board of directors and by the holders of at least 662/3% of the
corporation's outstanding voting stock at an annual or special meeting,
excluding shares owned by the interested stockholder. Under Section 203, an
"interested stockholder" is defined as any person who is: (i) the owner of 15%
or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or (ii) an affiliate
or associate of the corporation and who was the owner of 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within the three-year
period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined
whether such person is an interested stockholder.

     In the event that the Company's stockholders approve the Company's
reincorporation from Delaware to Florida at the 1998 Annual Meeting, the
Company will be subject to the "affiliated transactions" and "control share
acquisition" provisions of the Florida Business Corporation Act. These
provisions require, subject to certain exceptions, that an "affiliated
transaction" be approved by the holders of two-thirds of the voting shares
other than those beneficially owned by an "interested shareholder" or by a
majority of disinterested directors. Voting rights must also be conferred on
"control shares" acquired in specified control share acquistions, generally
only to the extent conferred by resolution approval by the shareholders,
excluding holders of shares defined as "interested shares."

LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES

     Pursuant to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and as permitted by
Delaware law, directors of the Company are not liable to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except for
liability in connection with a breach of duty of loyalty, for acts or omissions
not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, for

                                       47
<PAGE>

dividend payments or stock repurchases illegal under Delaware law or any
transaction in which a director has derived an improper personal benefit.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is American Stock
Transfer and Trust Company.

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have 12,635,528 shares
of Common Stock outstanding. Of these shares, 6,586,000 shares will be freely
tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act. The remaining 6,049,528
shares represent (i) shares beneficially owned by "affiliates" of the Company
(as that term is defined in Rule 144) and other original investors in the
Company and (ii) shares issued to sellers of companies acquired by the Company
during the past year, which shares may be sold in the open market in compliance
with the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or Rule 145 or, in certain cases,
pursuant to the Company's shelf registration statement.

     As of June 8, 1998 there were 1,207,663 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding options under the Plan and Directors' Plan and
an additional 152,916 shares of Common Stock reserved for future award or grant
under such plans. The Board of Directors has approved an amendment to the Plan,
subject to stockholder approval to increase the number of shares of Common
Stock that may be issued thereunder to 15% of the outstanding shares of the
Company's Common Stock. See "Management--Director Compensation; 1997
Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan" and "Management--1997 Long-Term Incentive
Plan." The Company has filed a registration statement on Form S-8 to register
shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Plan and Directors' Plan. Common
Stock issued pursuant to such registration statement upon exercise of
outstanding vested options granted pursuant to the Plan and Directors' Plan,
other than Common Stock issued to affiliates of the Company, is available for
immediate resale in the open market.

     The Company has also filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-1 to
register shares of Common Stock for issuance by the Company in acquisitions and
for the resale of shares held by certain persons who were sellers of companies
acquired. Shares of Common Stock issued by the Company pursuant to such
registration statement are available for immediate resale in the open market,
except the resale of such shares by affiliates of acquired companies is subject
to the restrictions and limitations imposed by Rule 145 under the Securities
Act. As of June 8, 1998, 878,187 shares of Common Stock remain available for
issuance by the Company under the registration statement. An aggregate of
1,668,924 shares was registered for resale under the shelf registration
statement by the selling stockholders named therein. As of June 8, 1998,
1,457,924 shares remain available for sale by selling stockholders.

     In general, under Rule 144, if a period of at least one year has elapsed
between the later of the date on which restricted securities were acquired from
the Company and the date on which they were acquired from an affiliate, then
the holder of such restricted securities (including the affiliate) is entitled
to sell that number of shares within any three-month period that does not
exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the then outstanding shares of the
Common Stock or (ii) the average weekly reported volume of trading of the
Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sales. Sales under
Rule 144 also are subject to certain requirements pertaining to the manner of
such sales, notices of such sales and the availability of current public
information concerning the Company. Any shares not constituting restricted
securities sold by affiliates must be sold in accordance with the foregoing
volume limitations and other requirements but without regard to the one year
holding period. Under Rule 144(k), if a period of at least two years has
elapsed from the later of the date on which restricted securities were acquired
from the Company and the date on which they were acquired from an affiliate,

                                       48
<PAGE>

a holder of such restricted securities who is not an affiliate at the time of
the sale and has not been an affiliate for at least three months prior to the
sale would be entitled to sell the shares immediately and without regard to the
volume limitations and other conditions described above.

     The Company, its directors and executive officers and the Selling
Stockholders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge, grant any option for the sale of, announce their intention to sell, or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, or
any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common
Stock, for a period of 120 days after the date of this Prospectus without the
prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston, except for, in the case of
the Company, Common Stock issued pursuant to any employee or director benefit
plans described herein or in connection with acquisitions.

     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock by existing stockholders
could have an adverse impact on the prevailing market price of the Common
Stock. No predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales
of shares by existing stockholders or the availability of such shares for
future sale will have on the market price of shares of Common Stock prevailing
from time to time.

                                       49
<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITING

   
     Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting
agreement dated July   , 1998 (the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Underwriters
named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation, ING Baring Furman Selz LLC, NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC
and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. are acting as representatives (the
"Representatives"), have severally but not jointly agreed to purchase from the
Company and the Selling Stockholders the following respective numbers of shares
of Common Stock:

                                                      NUMBER
UNDERWRITER                                          OF SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------   ------------
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation .........
ING Baring Furman Selz LLC .....................
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC ..........
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. ...............
                                                    ---------
  Total ........................................    3,500,000
                                                    ---------
    

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
Underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the
Underwriters will be obligated to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby (other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option
described below) if any are purchased. The Underwriting Agreement provides
that, in the event of a default by an Underwriter, in certain circumstances the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting Underwriters may be increased or the
Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.

     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, expiring at the
close of business on the 30th day after the date of this Prospectus, to
purchase up to 525,000 additional shares at the public offering price less the
underwriting discounts and commissions, all as set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus. Such option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in
the sale of the shares of Common Stock. To the extent that such option is
exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional
shares of Common Stock as it was obligated to purchase pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement.

     The Company and the Selling Stockholders have been advised by the
Representatives that the Underwriters propose to offer the Shares to the public
initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus and, through the Representatives, to certain dealers at such price
less a concession of $      per Share, and the Underwriters and such dealers
may allow a discount of $      per Share on sales to certain other dealers.
After the initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and
discount to dealers may be changed by the Representatives.

     The Company, its directors, executive officers and the Selling
Stockholders have agreed with the underwriters that they will not offer, sell,
contract to sell, pledge, grant any option for the sale of, announce their
intention to sell, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares
of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for Common Stock, for a period of 120 days after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation, except for, in the case of the Company, Common Stock issued
pursuant to any employee or director benefit plans described herein or in
connection with acquisitions.

     The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the
Securities Act, or to contribute to payments which the Underwriters may be
required to make in respect thereof.

     In connection with this offering, the Underwriters and selling group
members (if any) who are qualified market makers on Nasdaq may engage in
passive market making transactions in the Common

                                       50
<PAGE>

Stock on Nasdaq in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange
Act during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering before the
commencement of offers of sales of the Common Stock. Passive market makers must
comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be indentified as
such. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in
excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent
bids are lowered below the passive market maker's bid, however, such bid must
then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded.

     The Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, may engage in
overallotment, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and
penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Over-allotment involves syndicate
sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a syndicate short position.
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of Common Stock so long
as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. Syndicate covering
transactions involve purchases of Common Stock in the open market after the
distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.
Penalty bids permit the Representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a
syndicate member when the securities originally sold by such syndicate member
are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short
positions. Such stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and
penalty bids may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would
otherwise be in the absence of such transactions. These transactions may be
effected on the Nasdaq Stock Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.

   
     NationsBank N.A. ("NationsBank"), an affiliate of NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC ("NationsBanc Montgomery"), has entered into the Credit Facility
and the Term Loan which are secured by substantially all of the Company's
assets. At June 9, 1998, the Company was indebted to NationsBank in the amount
of $30.7 million. The Company is currently in compliance in all material
respects with the terms of the Credit Facility and the Term Loan. The decision
of NationsBanc Montgomery to distribute the Common Stock was made independent
of NationsBank, which had no involvement in determining whether or when to
distribute the Common Stock or the terms of the Offering. NationsBanc
Montgomery will not receive any benefit from the Offering other than its portion
of the underwriting discount and commission as set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus. The Company intends to use more than 10% of the net proceeds
from the sale of the Common Stock to repay this indebtedness owed by it to
NationsBank, and the Company has met the requirements of Rules 2710(c)(8)(B)(i)
and 2720(c)(3) of the NASD Conduct Rules.

                         NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

RESALE RESTRICTIONS

     The distribution of the Common Stock in Canada is being made only on a
private placement basis exempt from the requirement that the Company and the
Selling Stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securitites
regulatory authorities in each province where trades of Common Stock are
effected. Accordingly, any resale of the Common Stock in Canada must be made in
accordance with applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the
relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made in accordance
with available statutory exemptions or pursuant to a discretionary exemption
granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers
are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the Common Stock.

REPRESENTATIONS OF PURCHASERS

     Each purchaser of Common Stock in Canada who receives a purchase
confirmation will be deemed to represent to the Company, the Selling
Stockholders and the dealer from whom such purchase confirmation is received
that (i) such purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws
to

                                       51
<PAGE>

purchase such Common Stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under
such securities laws, (ii) where required by law, that such purchaser is
purchasing as principal and not as agent and (iii) such purchaser has reviewed
the text above under "Resale Restrictions."

RIGHTS OF ACTION (ONTARIO PURCHASERS)

     The Securities being offered are those of a foreign issuer and Ontario
purchasers will not receive the contractual right of action prescribed by
section 32 of the Regulation under the SECURITIES ACT (Ontario). As a result,
Ontario purchasers must rely on other remedies that may be available, including
common law rights of action for damages or rescission or rights of action under
the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.

ENFORCEMENT OF LEGAL RIGHTS

     All of the issuer's directors and officers as well as the experts named
herein and the Selling Stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a
result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of
process within Canada upon the issuer or such persons. All or a substantial
portion of the assets of the issuer and such persons may be located outside of
Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against
the issuer or such persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in
Canadian courts against such issuer or persons outside of Canada.

NOTICE TO BRITISH COLUMBIA RESIDENTS

     A purchaser of Common Stock to whom the SECURITIES ACT (British Columbia)
applies is advised that such purchaser is required to file with the British
Columbia Securities Commission a report within ten days of the sale of any
Common Stock acquired by such purchasers pursuant to the Offering. Such report
must be in the form attached to British Columbia Securities Commission Blanket
Order BOR #95/17, a copy of which may be obtained from the Company. Only one
such report must be filed in respect to Common Stock acquired on the same date
and under the same prospectus exemption.

TAXATION AND ELIGIBILITY FOR INVESTMENT

     Canadian purchasers of Common Stock should consult their own legal and tax
advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the Common
Stock in their particular circumstances and with respect to the eligibility of
the Common Stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian
legislation.
    

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock offered by this
Prospectus will be passed upon for the Company by Greenberg Traurig Hoffman
Lipoff Rosen & Quentel, P.A., Miami, Florida. Certain legal matters related to
the offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Fulbright & Jaworski
L.L.P., New York, New York.

                                    EXPERTS

     The audited financial statements of Travel Services International, Inc.
and its subsidiaries, Cruises Only, Inc., 800-Ideas, Inc. and Cruises Inc.
included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, to the extent and for the
periods indicated in their reports thereon. Such financial statements have been
included in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving such
reports.

     The financial statements of Lexington Services Associates, Ltd. at
December 31, 1997 and for the year then ended appearing in this Prospectus and
Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst &

                                       52
<PAGE>

Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing
elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company is subject to the information requirements of the Exchange
Act, and in accordance therewith files reports, proxy statements and other
information with the Commission. Such reports, proxy statements and other
information can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza Building, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549 and its regional offices located at 7
World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center,
500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of
such materials can be obtained from the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The Commission
maintains an Internet web site that contains reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically
with the Commission. The address of that site is http:www.sec.gov.

     The Company's Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Reports,
proxy statements and other information concerning the Company can also be
inspected at the offices of the Nasdaq Stock Market, 1735 K Street, Washington,
D.C. 20006.

                                       53
<PAGE>

                      TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                             -----
<S>                                                                                          <C>
TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC.:

 Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants ......................................    F-2

 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1998
   (unaudited) ...........................................................................    F-3

 Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31,
   1995, 1996 and 1997 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited) ....    F-4

 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 1995,
   1996 and 1997 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 1998 (unaudited) ...................    F-5

 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,
   1995, 1996 and 1997 and the Three Months Ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited) ....    F-6

 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................................    F-7

LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.:

 Report of Independent Auditors ..........................................................   F-23

 Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998 (unaudited) ...................   F-24

 Statements of Income for the Periods Ended December 31, 1997 and the Three Months Ended
   March 31, 1998 (unaudited) ............................................................   F-25

 Statements of Partners' Capital for the Periods Ended December 31, 1997 and the Three
   Months Ended March 31, 1998 (unaudited) ...............................................   F-26

 Statements of Cash Flows for the Periods Ended December 31, 1997 and the Three Months
   Ended March 31, 1998 (unaudited) ......................................................   F-27

 Notes to Financial Statements ...........................................................   F-28

CRUISES ONLY, INC.:

 Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................................   F-34

 Balance Sheet as of July 27, 1997 .......................................................   F-35

 Statement of Income for the Seven-Month Period Ended July 27, 1997 ......................   F-36

 Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit for the Seven-Month Period
   Ended July 27, 1997 ...................................................................   F-37

 Statement of Cash Flows for the Seven-Month Period ended July 27, 1997 ..................   F-38

 Notes to Financial Statements ...........................................................   F-39

800-IDEAS, INC.:

 Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................................   F-43

 Balance Sheet as of July 27, 1997 .......................................................   F-44

 Statement of Income for the Seven-Month Period Ended July 27, 1997 ......................   F-45

 Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Seven-Month Period
   Ended July 27, 1997 ...................................................................   F-46

 Statement of Cash Flows for the Seven-Month Period ended July 27, 1997 ..................   F-47

 Notes to Financial Statements ...........................................................   F-48

CRUISES INC.:

 Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................................   F-52

 Balance Sheet as of July 27, 1997 .......................................................   F-53

 Statement of Income for the Seven-Month Period Ended July 27, 1997 ......................   F-54

 Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Seven-Month Period
   Ended July 27, 1997 ...................................................................   F-55

 Statement of Cash Flows for the Seven-Month Period ended July 27, 1997 ..................   F-56

 Notes to Financial Statements ...........................................................   F-57
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Travel Services International, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Travel
Services International, Inc., and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and
1997, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity
and cash flows for each of three years in the period ended December 31, 1997.
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Travel
Services International, Inc., and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and
1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

West Palm Beach, Florida
 March 31, 1998 (except with respect to the matters discussed
 in Note 15, as to which the date is June 16, 1998).

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ------------------------------      MARCH 31,
                                                                  1996             1997            1998
                                                             --------------   -------------   --------------
                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>             <C>
                           ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ...............................    $   867,000     $ 7,257,000     $ 20,619,000
 Accounts receivables, net ...............................      1,427,000       4,819,000        6,880,000
 Receivables from affiliates and employees ...............        647,000         444,000          407,000
 Prepaid expenses ........................................        718,000         899,000        1,598,000
 Deferred income taxes ...................................             --         773,000        1,160,000
 Other current assets ....................................         69,000         209,000          185,000
                                                              -----------     -----------     ------------
  Total current assets ...................................      3,728,000      14,401,000       30,849,000

Property and equipment, net ..............................      5,552,000      11,266,000       12,225,000

Goodwill, net ............................................             --      41,701,000       56,220,000
Notes receivables from employees .........................         86,000         214,000          176,000
Other assets .............................................      2,244,000         725,000        1,054,000
                                                              -----------     -----------     ------------
  Total assets ...........................................    $11,610,000     $68,307,000     $100,524,000
                                                              ===========     ===========     ============
            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
 Current portion of long-term debt .......................    $ 2,326,000     $   433,000     $    472,000
 Due to affiliates and employees .........................        300,000         478,000        1,433,000
 Trade payables and accrued expenses .....................      6,459,000      12,293,000       28,533,000
                                                              -----------     -----------     ------------
  Total current liabilities ..............................      9,085,000      13,204,000       30,438,000
Long-term debt, net of current portion ...................      2,272,000       4,129,000       12,699,000
Deferred income and other long-term liabilities ..........          5,000         136,000          197,000

Commitments and contingencies (note 14)

Stockholders' Equity:
 Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares
   authorized; none outstanding ..........................             --              --               --
 Common stock, $0.01 par value; 50,000,000 shares
   authorized; 2,587,873, 10,319,250 and 10,504,826 shares
   outstanding, respectively .............................         26,000         103,000          105,000
 Additional paid-in capital ..............................        457,000      48,010,000       52,462,000
 Retained earnings (deficit) .............................       (235,000)      2,725,000        4,623,000
                                                              -----------     -----------     ------------
   Total stockholders' equity ............................        248,000      50,838,000       57,190,000
                                                              -----------     -----------     ------------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ............    $11,610,000     $68,307,000     $100,524,000
                                                              ===========     ===========     ============
</TABLE>

         The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
               are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                    -------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
                                         1995           1996           1997           1997           1998
                                    -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Net revenues ......................  $30,024,000    $36,720,000    $62,076,000    $11,302,000    $24,936,000
Operating expenses ................   19,079,000     24,762,000     39,342,000      7,580,000     14,237,000
                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
 Gross profit .....................   10,945,000     11,958,000     22,734,000      3,722,000     10,699,000
General and administrative
 expenses .........................   10,534,000     11,478,000     17,864,000      3,046,000      6,977,000
Goodwill amortization .............           --             --        514,000             --        407,000
                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
 Income from operations ...........      411,000        480,000      4,356,000        676,000      3,315,000
Other income (expense):
Interest income ...................       49,000        117,000        314,000          9,000        176,000
Interest expense ..................      (91,000)      (287,000)      (428,000)       (86,000)      (240,000)
Other, net ........................       (1,000)       (12,000)        48,000         14,000         21,000
                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
 Total other income (expense) .....      (43,000)      (182,000)       (66,000)       (63,000)       (43,000)
                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
 Income before provision for
   income taxes ...................      368,000        298,000      4,290,000        613,000      3,272,000
Provision for income taxes ........      147,000        171,000        861,000        257,000      1,374,000
                                     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
 Net income .......................  $   221,000    $   127,000    $ 3,429,000    $   356,000    $ 1,898,000
                                     ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
HISTORICAL:
Basic earnings per share ..........  $      0.09    $      0.05    $      0.58    $      0.14    $      0.18
                                     ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Diluted earnings per share ........  $      0.09    $      0.05    $      0.57    $      0.14    $      0.18
                                     ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Weighted average shares
 outstanding in computing
 basic earnings per share .........    2,587,873      2,587,873      5,883,657      2,587,873     10,427,197
                                     ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Weighted average shares
 outstanding in computing
 diluted earnings per share .......    2,587,873      2,587,873      6,022,649      2,587,873     10,817,991
                                     ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
PRO FORMA (NOTE 4):
Diluted pro forma earnings
 per share ........................  $      0.33    $      0.43    $      0.71    $      0.16    $      0.20
                                     ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Weighted average shares
 outstanding in computing
 diluted pro forma earnings
 per share ........................   10,286,265     10,286,265     11,031,279     10,887,375     11,419,101
                                     ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

           The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                    are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            ADDITIONAL
                                                COMMON        COMMON         PAID-IN          RETAINED
                                                SHARES         STOCK         CAPITAL          EARNINGS           TOTAL
                                             ------------   ----------   ---------------   --------------   ---------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>          <C>               <C>              <C>
Balances as of December 31, 1994 .........    2,587,873      $ 26,000     $    457,000       $ (407,000)     $     76,000
Net income ...............................           --            --               --          221,000           221,000
Distributions ............................           --            --               --          (65,000)          (65,000)
                                              ---------      --------     ------------       ----------      ------------
Balances as of December 31, 1995 .........    2,587,873        26,000          457,000         (251,000)          232,000
Net income ...............................           --            --               --          127,000           127,000
Distributions ............................           --            --               --         (111,000)         (111,000)
                                              ---------      --------     ------------       ----------      ------------
Balances as of December 31, 1996 .........    2,587,873        26,000          457,000         (235,000)          248,000
Net income ...............................           --            --               --        3,429,000         3,429,000
Distributions ............................           --            --       (1,904,000)        (469,000)       (2,373,000)
Initial Public Offering and
 Combinations ............................    7,698,392        77,000       49,447,000               --        49,524,000
Acquisition of Trax Software .............       32,985            --               --               --                --
Amortization of unearned
 compensation ............................           --            --           10,000               --            10,000
                                              ---------      --------     ------------       ----------      ------------
Balances as of December 31, 1997 .........   10,319,250       103,000       48,010,000        2,725,000        50,838,000
Net income (unaudited) ...................           --            --               --        1,898,000         1,898,000
Acquisition of Goldcoast and
 Diplomat (unaudited) ....................      185,576         2,000        4,449,000               --         4,451,000
Amortization of unearned
 compensation (unaudited) ................           --            --            3,000               --             3,000
                                             ----------      --------     ------------       ----------      ------------
Balances as of March 31, 1998
 (unaudited) .............................   10,504,826      $105,000     $ 52,462,000       $4,623,000      $ 57,190,000
                                             ==========      ========     ============       ==========      ============
</TABLE>

           The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                    are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ------------------------------------------------
                                                            1995            1996            1997
                                                      --------------- --------------- ----------------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>             <C>
Cash from operating activities:
 Net income .........................................  $     221,000   $     127,000   $    3,429,000
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash provided by operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization .....................        520,000         778,000        1,736,000
  Amortization of unearned compensation .............             --              --           10,000
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivables .............................       (135,000)       (350,000)        (971,000)
   Receivables and notes from affiliates
     and employees ..................................         92,000        (202,000)        (115,000)
   Prepaid expenses .................................       (227,000)       (429,000)         (18,000)
   Deferred income taxes ............................             --              --         (773,000)
   Other assets .....................................        (17,000)        (40,000)         550,000
   Trade payables and accrued expenses ..............      1,369,000         230,000         (661,000)
                                                       -------------   -------------   --------------
  Net cash provided by operating activities .........      1,823,000         114,000        3,187,000
                                                       -------------   -------------   --------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Capital expenditures ...............................     (1,260,000)     (2,988,000)      (2,952,000)
 Improvements to other assets .......................             --         (69,000)              --
 Proceeds from sale of property and
   equipment ........................................         14,000          74,000           54,000
 Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash
   acquired .........................................             --              --      (18,208,000)
                                                       -------------   -------------   --------------
  Net cash used in investing activities .............     (1,246,000)     (2,983,000)     (21,106,000)
                                                       -------------   -------------   --------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Proceeds from long-term debt and lines
   of credit ........................................        724,000       4,104,000               --
 Payments on long-term debt and lines
   of credit ........................................       (683,000)     (1,133,000)      (3,731,000)
 Stock redemption ...................................       (400,000)             --               --
 Net proceeds from Offering .........................             --              --       33,219,000
 Consideration paid to former stockholder of
   accounting acquirer ..............................             --              --       (5,000,000)
 Distributions to stockholders ......................        (65,000)       (111,000)        (179,000)
                                                       -------------   -------------   --------------
  Net cash provided by (used in) financing
    activities ......................................       (424,000)      2,860,000       24,309,000
                                                       -------------   -------------   --------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ...........        153,000          (9,000)       6,390,000
Cash and cash equivalents,
 beginning of period ................................        723,000         876,000          867,000
                                                       -------------   -------------   --------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ............  $     876,000   $     867,000   $    7,257,000
                                                       =============   =============   ==============
Supplemental cash flow information:
 Cash paid for interest .............................  $     124,000   $     262,000   $      426,000
                                                       =============   =============   ==============
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing
 and investing activities:
  Receivable from stockholder exchanged for
    non-operating assets ............................  $          --   $   2,120,000   $           --
                                                       =============   =============   ==============
  Assets distributed to stockholders ................  $          --   $          --   $    2,193,000
                                                       =============   =============   ==============

<CAPTION>
                                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                      -------------------------------
                                                            1997            1998
                                                      --------------- ---------------
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>
Cash from operating activities:
 Net income .........................................  $     356,000   $  1,898,000
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash provided by operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization .....................        269,000        852,000
  Amortization of unearned compensation .............             --          3,000
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivables .............................       (314,000)    (1,728,000)
   Receivables and notes from affiliates
     and employees ..................................         92,000         75,000
   Prepaid expenses .................................         69,000       (212,000)
   Deferred income taxes ............................             --       (387,000)
   Other assets .....................................        (75,000)      (297,000)
   Trade payables and accrued expenses ..............      5,524,000     13,953,000
                                                       -------------   ------------
  Net cash provided by operating activities .........      5,921,000     14,157,000
                                                       -------------   ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
 Capital expenditures ...............................       (509,000)      (897,000)
 Improvements to other assets .......................             --             --
 Proceeds from sale of property and
   equipment ........................................         30,000             --
 Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash
   acquired .........................................             --     (8,249,000)
                                                       -------------   ------------
  Net cash used in investing activities .............       (479,000)    (9,146,000)
                                                       -------------   ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Proceeds from long-term debt and lines
   of credit ........................................             --      8,600,000
 Payments on long-term debt and lines
   of credit ........................................     (2,422,000)      (249,000)
 Stock redemption ...................................             --             --
 Net proceeds from Offering .........................             --             --
 Consideration paid to former stockholder of
   accounting acquirer ..............................             --             --
 Distributions to stockholders ......................             --             --
                                                       -------------   ------------
  Net cash provided by (used in) financing
    activities ......................................     (2,422,000)     8,351,000
                                                       -------------   ------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ...........      3,020,000     13,362,000
Cash and cash equivalents,
 beginning of period ................................        867,000      7,257,000
                                                       -------------   ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ............  $   3,887,000   $ 20,619,000
                                                       =============   ============
Supplemental cash flow information:
 Cash paid for interest .............................  $     111,000   $    240,000
                                                       =============   ============
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing
 and investing activities:
  Receivable from stockholder exchanged for
    non-operating assets ............................  $          --   $         --
                                                       =============   ============
  Assets distributed to stockholders ................  $          --   $         --
                                                       =============   ============
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
                       part of these financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) ORGANIZATION:

     Travel Services International, Inc. (the "Company") and subsidiaries
provide specialized distribution of leisure travel services to both travel
agents and travelers. The Company, incorporated in Delaware, was founded in
April 1996. On July 22, 1997, the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
was declared effective. On July 28, 1997, the Company consummated its initial
public offering (the "Offering") of common stock, and simultaneously acquired
five specialized distributors of travel services in separate combination
transactions (the "Combinations"). As a result of the Combinations, the Company
acquired the outstanding capital stock of Cruises Inc. ("Cruises Inc.") and
D-FW Tours, Inc. and D-FW Travel Arrangements, Inc. (collectively, "D-FW
Tours"), and acquired substantially all of the assets of Auto Europe, Inc.
(Maine) ("Auto Europe"), Cruises Only, Inc. ("Cruises Only") and 800-Ideas,
Inc. ("Travel 800") (each a "Founding Company" and collectively the "Founding
Companies").

     On July 28, 1997, the Company issued an aggregate of 6,297,225 shares of
Common Stock in connection with the Combinations (3,422,225 shares) and the
Offering (2,875,000 shares). Shares issued in connection with the Offering were
sold to the public at $14.00 per share. The net proceeds to the Company from
the Offering (after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated
offering expenses) were approximately $33.2 million. Of this amount, $29.1
million represents the cash portion of the purchase price relating to the
Combinations (including $5 million paid to the former stockholder of Auto
Europe, the accounting acquiror, and working capital adjustments and estimated
reimbursements to stockholders of three of the Founding Companies that had
elected S Corporation status under the Internal Revenue Code for certain taxes
incurred by them in connection with the Combinations).

     The consideration for the Combinations consisted of cash and common stock.
The Combinations were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.
Auto Europe has been designated as the accounting acquiror for financial
statement presentation purposes in accordance with Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 97, which states that the
combining company which receives the largest portion of voting rights in the
combined corporation is presumed to be the acquiror for accounting purposes.
Accordingly, the historical financial statements for each year presented
represent those of Auto Europe and companies acquired in 1997 and 1998 under
transactions accounted for using the pooling of interests method of accounting
described in Note (3). The historical financial statements as of and for the
year ended December 31, 1997 also include balances and transactions of the four
other Founding Companies and the Company since July 28, 1997. Historical
financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 1998 also
include the balances and operating results of companies acquired during the
first quarter of 1998 under transactions accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting, from the date of acquisition through March 31, 1998.

     Historical operating results presented do not include operations of four
of the Founding Companies prior to July 28, 1997 or of Lexington Services
Associates, Ltd. acquired on June 1, 1998 (the "Lexington Acquisition"). Refer
to Note (4) for information regarding pro forma operating results and pro forma
diluted earnings per share which give effect to results of the Company combined
with all Founding Companies as if the Combinations had occurred at the
beginning of each respective year and the Lexington Acquisition as if it had
occurred on January 1, 1997 and to Note (15) for information regarding the
Lexington Acquistion.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

     The consolidated financial statements include accounts of the Company and
its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated.

INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The interim financial statements as of March 31, 1998, and for the three
months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998, are unaudited and omit certain
information and footnote disclosures related to these periods, normally
included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. In the opinion of management, all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present
the financial position, results of operations and cash flows with respect to
the interim financial statements, have been included. The results of operations
for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the
entire fiscal year.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

     The Company records net revenues when earned, which for car rentals and
airline tickets is at the time a reservation is booked and ticketed and for
cruise bookings is when the customer is no longer entitled to a full refund of
the cost of the cruise, which is generally 45 to 90 days prior to the sail
date. Revenues primarily consist of commissions and markups on travel services,
volume bonuses from travel service providers, processing fees, franchise fees,
and delivery fees. The Company recognizes revenues from franchise fees when the
Company has fulfilled all contractual obligations required by the agreements
signed with the franchisees. The Company defers franchise renewal fees and
amortizes those fees to revenues over the applicable one-year period. The
Company provides an allowance for cancellations, reservation changes and
currency exchange guarantees, and provisions for such amounts are reflected in
net revenues based on historical experience. The allowances netted against net
revenues are not material in the three years ended December 31, 1997. However,
actual cancellations and reservation changes could vary significantly based
upon changes in economic and political conditions that may impact leisure
travel patterns. The Company has also recorded an allowance for doubtful
accounts receivables totaling $37,000, $145,000 and $135,000 (unaudited) at
December 31, 1996, 1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a
maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash
equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 1996, 1997 and March 31,
1998, include interest bearing demand deposits and highly liquid investments of
$992,000, $6,290,000 and $19,588,000 (unaudited), respectively.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures About
Fair Value of Financial Instruments", requires disclosure of the fair value of
certain financial instruments. Cash and cash equivalents, receivables, trade
payables, and debt are reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements at cost, which approximates fair value. All long-term debt
obligations bear interest.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:--(CONTINUED)

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company enters into foreign currency forward purchase contracts to
hedge substantially all of its foreign currency denominated liabilities and
reservation commitments to foreign travel service. The hedging minimizes the
impact of foreign exchange rate movements on the Company's operating results
because gains and losses on these contracts generally offset losses and gains
on the liabilities being hedged. The typical maturity of these purchase
contracts is 60 days. At December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, the Company
had outstanding forward purchase contracts of $687,000 and $5.4 million,
respectively. The risk of loss on unhedged liabilities is not considered
significant.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided over
estimated useful lives of the respective assets on a straight-line basis.
Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods not
exceeding the respective terms of the leases.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the costs and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain
or loss is recognized in the statement of income.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND AMORTIZATION

     The Combinations and certain other acquisitions were accounted for using
the purchase method of accounting. The excess of consideration paid over the
estimated fair value of the net assets acquired less liabilities assumed is
recorded as goodwill. Allocations of the purchase price to assets acquired and
liabilities assumed have been initially assigned and recorded based on
preliminary estimates of fair value and may be revised as additional
information concerning the valuation of such assets and liabilities becomes
available.

     Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis generally over 35
years, representing the approximate remaining useful life of acquired
intangible assets. Accumulated amortization totals $514,000 at December 31,
1997 and $921,000 (unaudited) at March 31, 1998. In accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed", subsequent to an
acquisition, the Company continually evaluates whether later events and
circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining net book value may
warrant revision or may not be recoverable. If factors indicate that the net
book value should be evaluated for possible impairment, the Company will use an
estimate of the related business's undiscounted operating income over the
remaining life of the cost in excess of net assets of acquired businesses, in
measuring whether such cost is recoverable.

CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE COSTS

     Pursuant to American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statements
of Position No. 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed
or Obtained for Internal Use" ("SOP 98-1"), the Company capitalizes certain
direct costs related to strategic systems development

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:--(CONTINUED)

projects during the application development stage. Costs incurred during the
preliminary project and post implementation operation stages are expensed as
incurred. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight line method over
the estimated useful life of five years commencing when the application is
ready for use. Capitalized software development costs are reported at the lower
of unamortized costs or net realizable value. No capitalized costs were
amortized in 1997 or 1998.

STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123") requires adoption of a fair value
method of accounting for stock-based compensation plans for non-employees and
permits continuation of accounting using the intrinsic value based method under
Accounting Principals Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for
Stock-issued to Employees", for stock options granted to employees.

     The Company has chosen to account for stock options issued to employees
using the intrinsic value based method prescribed in APB Opinion No. 25 and,
accordingly, does not recognize compensation expense for these stock option
grants made at an exercise price equal to or in excess of the fair market value
of the stock at the date of grant. Pro forma net income and earnings per share
amounts are presented in Note (10) as if the fair value method had been
adopted.

INCOME TAXES

     Prior to July 28, 1997, the Company consisted of Auto Europe, the
accounting acquiror, and the Pooling Acquisitions accounted for using the
pooling of interests method of accounting. Auto Europe, which elected S
Corporation status as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, was not subject to
taxation for federal purposes until the transfer of the net assets of the S
Corporation to the Company, which coincided with the Company's Offering. At
that time, Auto Europe adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No.
109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS No. 109"). Auto Europe recorded a
deferred tax asset and a corresponding reduction of income tax expense of
approximately $543,000 on July 28, 1997, representing the net deferred taxes at
that date which were not previously recorded because of Auto Europe's previous
status under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.

     Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based
upon the difference between the financial statement and income tax basis of
assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rate applicable when the
related asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Deferred
income tax expenses or benefits are based on the changes in the asset or
liability each period. If available evidence suggests that it is more likely
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized, a valuation allowance is required to reduce the deferred tax assets
to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Future changes in
such valuation allowance are included in the provision for deferred income
taxes in the period of change.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

     The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
"Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS No. 128") in 1997. Basic earnings per common share
("EPS") calculations are determined by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of shares of common stock

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:--(CONTINUED)

outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share calculations are
determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common
shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding (all related to
outstanding stock options discussed in Note (10)). SFAS No. 128 had no impact
on the Company's reported earnings per share for 1995 and 1996 as no common
share equivalents existed during these periods.

     A reconciliation of shares used in the calculation of Basic and Diluted
EPS is as follows:

                                                                   THREE MONTHS
                                                   YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                  DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                      1997             1998
                                                 --------------   -------------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
   Basic common shares outstanding ...........      5,883,657      10,427,197
   Dilutive effect of options ................        138,992         390,794
                                                    ---------      ----------
   Diluted common shares outstanding .........      6,022,649      10,817,991
                                                    =========      ==========

     Diluted pro forma earnings per share is also presented to give effect to
the Offering and the Combinations as discussed in Note (4).

USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     Preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Significant accounting estimates include establishing allowances for
doubtful accounts, cancellations, reservation changes and currency exchange
guarantees.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income" ("SFAS No. 130"). SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components in the financial statements.
SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods provided for
comparative purposes is required. During the three months ended March 31, 1998,
the Company adopted SFAS No. 130. The following types of items are to be
considered in computing comprehensive income: foreign currency translation
adjustments, pension liability adjustments, unearned stock plan awards and
unrealized gain/  loss on securities available for sale. For all periods
presented herein, there were no differences between net income and
comprehensive income.

     In June 1997, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standards Board
("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS
No. 131"). SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the way that public business

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:--(CONTINUED)

enterprises report information about operating segments in annual financial
statements and requires that those enterprises report selected information
about operating segments in interim financial reports issued to shareholders.
It also establishes standards for related disclosures about product and
services, geographic areas, and major customers. SFAS No. 131 is effective for
financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
Financial statement disclosures for prior periods are required to be restated.
The Company is in the process of evaluating the disclosure requirements. The
adoption of SFAS No. 131 will have no impact on consolidated results of
operations, financial position or cash flow.

(3) ACQUISITIONS:

     On November 19, 1997, the Company consummated the acquisitions of all of
the outstanding capital stock of CruiseOne, Inc., Cruise World, Inc., and The
Anthony Dean Corporation (d/b/a Cruise Fairs of America). The aggregate
consideration paid for these acquisitions was 880,196 shares of common stock.
On November 21, 1997, the Company consummated the acquisitions of all of the
outstanding capital stock of Ship 'N' Shore Cruises, Inc., Cruise Time, Inc.,
SNS Coachline, Inc., Cruise Mart, Inc. and SNS Travel Marketing, Inc. The
aggregate consideration paid for these acquisitions was 471,508 shares of
common stock. On March 31, 1998, the Company consummated the acquisition of all
of the outstanding capital stock of CruiseMasters, Inc. ("CruiseMasters"). The
aggregate consideration paid for this acquisition was 152,835 shares of common
stock. These November 1997 and March 1998 acquisitions of specialized
distributors of cruise reservations (collectively, the "Pooling Acquisitions")
are accounted for using the pooling of interests method of accounting and,
accordingly, the consolidated financial statements for the periods presented
have been restated to include the Pooling Acquisitions.

     Revenues and income generated by the Pooling acquisitions prior to the
date of acquisition and included in the accompanying consolidated statements of
income were as follows:

                                  1995            1996             1997
                             -------------   --------------   --------------
   Net revenues ..........    $8,105,000      $11,000,000      $15,722,000
                              ==========      ===========      ===========
   Net income ............    $  365,000      $   259,000      $ 1,167,000
                              ==========      ===========      ===========

     On December 2, 1997, the Company consummated the acquisition of all of the
outstanding capital stock of Trax Software, Inc. ("Trax"). The aggregate
consideration paid was 32,985 shares of common stock. Trax developed software
products designed for specialized distributors of leisure travel services. This
software is the foundation of the reservations booking functionality of the
Company's integrated selling, service, product development and customer
information systems now under development. The acquisition is accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the operations of Trax
have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from
the date of acquisition. The historical operations of Trax when compared to the
historical operations of the Company are not significant.

     On January 20, 1998, the Company consummated the acquisition of
substantially all of the assets and assumption of substantially all of the
liabilities of Diplomat Tours, Inc. and International Airline Consolidators
(collectively, "Diplomat"). The aggregate consideration paid for Diplomat
consisted of 21,821 shares of common stock and $2.0 million in cash. Diplomat
is a specialized distributor of international airline reservations and had 1997
net revenues of approximately $1.9 million. The

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(3) ACQUISITIONS:--(CONTINUED)

acquisition is accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The
historical operations of Diplomat when compared to the historical operations of
the Company are not significant.

     On February 9, 1998, the Company consummated the acquisition of all of the
outstanding capital stock of Gold Coast Travel Agency Corporation, Inc. ("Gold
Coast"). The aggregate consideration paid for Gold Coast consisted of 163,755
shares of common stock and $6.25 million in cash. In addition $500,000 in
contingent consideration is payable based upon performance in the 1998 fiscal
year. Gold Coast is a specialized distributor of cruise reservations and had
1997 net revenues of approximately $6.8 million. The acquisition is accounted
for using the purchase method of accounting. The historical operations of Gold
Coast when compared to the historical operations of the Company are not
significant.

     Refer to Note (15) for information regarding subsequent events involving
acquisitions.

(4) PRO FORMA RESULTS AND EARNINGS PER SHARE:

     Pro forma diluted earnings per share for the Company gives effect to
results of the Company combined with the Founding Companies as if the
Combinations had occurred at the beginning of each respective year, and as if
the Lexington Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 1997, along with certain
adjustments associated with the Pooling Acquisitions. The pro forma results
include the effects of: (i) the Combinations and the Lexington Acquisition;
(ii)  amortization of goodwill resulting from the Combinations and the
Lexington Acquisition; (iii) certain adjustments to salaries, bonuses,
management fees and benefits to former owners and key management of the
Founding Companies, the Lexington Acquisition and the Pooling Acquisitions, to
which such persons have agreed prospectively ("Compensation Differential");
(iv) pro forma acquisition costs associated with Pooling Acquisitions and
Lexington; and (v) provision for income taxes as if pro forma income was
subject to corporate federal and state income taxes during the periods; and
(vi) the issuance of 315,395 shares of Common Stock at an assumed offering
price of $33.375 per share the net proceeds of which would be sufficient to
repay debt incurred in connection with the Lexington Acquisition.

     These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only
and do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations which actually
would have resulted had the Founding Companies and the Lexington Acquisition
been under common control prior to the Combinations and the Lexington
Acquisition, or which may result in the future.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     Unaudited pro forma operating results and diluted pro forma earnings per
share follow:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                           MARCH 31,
                                   ------------------------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                        1995             1996             1997             1997             1998
                                   --------------   --------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Net revenues ...................    $ 52,660,000     $ 63,017,000     $ 92,899,000     $20,760,000      $27,818,000
                                    ============     ============     ============     ===========      ===========
Income before taxes, additional
  goodwill and adjustments for
  Compensation Differential
  and acquisition costs ........    $    368,000     $    298,000     $  4,290,000     $   613,000      $ 3,272,000
Income of Founding Companies
 and Lexington, prior to the
 acquisition dates .............       2,548,000        2,562,000        5,699,000       1,476,000          395,000
                                    ------------     ------------     ------------     -----------      -----------
Pro forma income before
  adjustments ..................       2,916,000        2,860,000        9,989,000       2,089,000        3,667,000
  Compensation Differential.....       4,153,000        5,964,000        5,105,000       1,465,000          753,000
  Acquisition costs ............              --               --          503,000              --           27,000
  Goodwill amortization ........      (1,234,000)      (1,234,000)      (2,034,000)       (509,000)        (607,000)
                                    ------------     ------------     ------------     -----------      -----------
  Pro forma income
    before income taxes ........       5,835,000        7,590,000       13,563,000       3,045,000        3,840,000
 Pro forma provision for
   income taxes ................       2,451,000        3,188,000        5,696,000       1,279,000        1,612,000
                                    ------------     ------------     ------------     -----------      -----------
  Pro forma net income .........    $  3,384,000     $  4,402,000     $  7,867,000     $ 1,766,000      $ 2,228,000
                                    ============     ============     ============     ===========      ===========
Diluted pro forma earnings
  per share ....................    $        .33     $        .43     $        .71     $       .16      $       .20
                                    ============     ============     ============     ===========      ===========
Weighted average shares used
  outstanding ..................      10,286,265       10,286,265       11,031,279      10,887,375       11,419,101
                                    ============     ============     ============     ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(5) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ASSETS:

     Property and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                         USEFUL LIFE    ---------------------------------      MARCH 31,
                                           IN YEARS           1996              1997              1998
                                        -------------   ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>
   Land .............................                    $    365,000      $    835,000      $    835,000
   Buildings ........................      27-40            2,766,000         4,904,000         4,904,000
   Vehicles .........................        5                674,000         1,257,000         1,257,000
   Furniture and fixtures ...........       5-7               203,000           828,000           987,000
   Computers and equipment ..........       3-5             3,020,000         5,617,000         6,540,000
   Capitalized software .............        5                     --           185,000           492,000
   Leasehold improvements ...........       5-7                36,000           110,000           409,000
                                                         ------------      ------------      ------------
                                                            7,064,000        13,736,000        15,424,000
   Less: Accumulated depreciation and
    amortization ....................                      (1,512,000)       (2,470,000)       (3,199,000)
                                                         ------------      ------------      ------------
                                                         $  5,552,000      $ 11,266,000      $ 12,225,000
                                                         ============      ============      ============
</TABLE>

     Other assets at December 31, 1996 include an investment in real estate not
utilized in operations with a carrying value of $2.1 million. Immediately prior
to the Offering and Combinations, the property was distributed, along with
other property and equipment with a net book value of $73,000, to a former
stockholder.

(6) TRADE PAYABLES AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:

     Trade payables and accrued expenses consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -----------------------------      MARCH 31,
                                                            1996            1997            1998
                                                       -------------   -------------   --------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
   Accrued compensation ............................    $  486,000     $ 2,360,000      $ 2,882,000
   Accrued commissions .............................       365,000         174,000          431,000
   Due to travel providers and customers ...........     3,317,000       4,772,000       17,344,000
   Due to travel agents ............................       589,000         898,000        2,552,000
   Allowance for cancellations and refunds .........       327,000         404,000          522,000
   Offering costs ..................................            --         547,000           13,000
   Other ...........................................     1,375,000       3,138,000        4,789,000
                                                        ----------     -----------      -----------
                                                        $6,459,000     $12,293,000      $28,533,000
                                                        ==========     ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(7) LONG TERM DEBT:

     Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                            --------------------------------      MARCH 31,
                                                                  1996             1997             1998
                                                            ---------------   --------------   --------------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>               <C>              <C>
   Borrowings under NationsBank credit facility .........    $         --       $       --      $ 8,600,000
   Borrowings under Key Bank line of credit .............       2,000,000               --               --
   Mortgage note payable to Key Bank, bearing
    interest at prime plus 1%, payable in monthly
    principal installments of $7,000 plus accrued
    interest, matures in August 2002. Secured by
    certain real estate .................................       1,229,000        1,139,000        1,125,000
   Note payable to Bank of New York, bearing interest
    at prime plus 1%, payable in monthly payments of
    $3,000 through October 2000. Secured by certain
    property and equipment ..............................         153,000          113,000          103,000
   Mortgage payable to Barnett Bank, bearing interest
    at 7.2%, payable in monthly payments of $15,000
    through September 2005 and a balloon payment in
    October 2005. Secured by certain real estate and
    by funds pledged of $3 million.......................              --        1,916,000        1,905,000
   Note payable to Barnett Bank, bearing interest at
    7.2%, payable in monthly principal payments of
    $13,000 through April 2001 and a balloon
    payment in May 2001. Secured by funds pledged
    of $3 million........................................              --          750,000          710,000
   Note payable to Barnett Bank, bearing interest at
    7.2%, payable in monthly payments of $9,000
    through September 2002 and a balloon payment
    in October 2002. Secured by funds pledged of
    $3 million...........................................              --          566,000          549,000
   Note payable to U.S. Small Business Administration
    (SBA), bearing interest at 7.25% ....................         745,000               --               --
   Note payable to Textron Financial Corporation,
    bearing interest at 9%, payable in monthly
    principal and interest payments. Secured
    by vehicles .........................................         243,000               --               --
   Notes payable to various automobile lenders,
    bearing interest ranging from 7.9% to 11.9% .........         110,000               --               --
   Other notes payable ..................................         118,000           78,000          179,000
                                                             ------------       ----------      -----------
    Total long-term debt ................................       4,598,000        4,562,000       13,171,000
    Less-current portion ................................      (2,326,000)        (433,000)        (472,000)
                                                             ------------       ----------      -----------
    Long-term debt, net of current portion ..............    $  2,272,000       $4,129,000      $12,699,000
                                                             ============       ==========      ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(7) LONG TERM DEBT:--(CONTINUED)

     On October 15, 1997, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the
"Credit Agreement") with NationsBank, N.A. with respect to a $20 million
revolving line of credit (the "Credit Facility") and a term loan facility of
approximately $2 million (the "Term Loan"). The Credit Facility may be used for
letters of credit not to exceed $2 million, acquisitions, and for capital
expenditures and general corporate purposes up to an aggregate amount of $5
million. The Credit Agreement requires the Company to comply with various loan
covenants, which include maintenance of certain financial ratios, restrictions
on additional indebtedness and restrictions on liens, guarantees, advances,
capital expenditures, sale of assets and dividends. At December 31, 1997, the
Company was in compliance with applicable loan covenants. Interest on
outstanding balances of the Credit Facility are computed based on the
Eurodollar Rate plus a margin ranging from 1.25% to 2.0%, depending on certain
financial ratios. Availability fees of 25 basis points per annum payable on the
unused portion of the Credit Facility and a facility fee are paid equal to 5/8
of one percent of the aggregate principal balance on the Term Loan. The Credit
Facility has a three-year term and is secured by substantially all the assets
of the Company, including the stock and membership interests in the Founding
Companies and any future material subsidiaries, as defined. The Company, each
Founding Company and all other current and future material subsidiaries are
required to guarantee repayment of all amounts due under the Credit Facility.
The Credit Agreement requires the Company to secure an interest rate hedge on
fifty percent of the outstanding principal amount borrowed under the Credit
Facility and one hundred percent of the outstanding balance on the Term Loan.
The Term Loan is to be used to refinance the mortgage note payable to Barnett
Bank.

     At December 31, 1997, maturities of long-term debt were as follows:

YEAR                                 AMOUNT
- ------------------------------   -------------
  1998 .......................    $  433,000
  1999 .......................       427,000
  2000 .......................       425,000
  2001 .......................       505,000
  2002 .......................       404,000
  Thereafter .................     2,368,000
                                  ----------
                                  $4,562,000
                                  ==========

     Refer to Note (15) for information regarding certain subsequent events
related to the Credit Agreement.

(8) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

     In May 1997, the Company effected a 5,444.45-for-one stock split of its
common shares. In addition, the Company increased the number of authorized
shares of common stock to 50,000,000 and authorized 1,000,000 shares of $.01
par value preferred stock. The effects of the common stock split and the
increase in the shares of authorized common stock have been retroactively
reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods
presented.

     In May 1997, the stockholders exchanged 2,484,501 shares of common stock
for an equal number of shares of restricted voting common stock. Common stock
and the restricted common stock are identical except that the holders of
restricted common stock are only entitled to four-tenths of one vote for each
share on all matters.

     Other transactions in the Company's common stock are discussed in Notes
(1), (3) and (15).

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(9) INCOME TAXES:

     The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     MARCH 31,
                        ---------------------------------------   ------------------------------
                            1995          1996          1997           1997            1998
                        -----------   -----------   -----------   -------------   --------------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
   Federal ..........    $123,000      $144,000      $719,000        $237,000       $1,273,000
   State ............      24,000        27,000       142,000          20,000          101,000
                         --------      --------      --------        --------       ----------
                         $147,000      $171,000      $861,000        $257,000       $1,374,000
                         ========      ========      ========        ========       ==========
   Current ..........    $147,000      $171,000      $826,000        $257,000       $1,761,000
   Deferred .........          --            --        35,000              --         (387,000)
                         --------      --------      --------        --------       ----------
                         $147,000      $171,000      $861,000        $257,000       $1,374,000
                         ========      ========      ========        ========       ==========
</TABLE>

     A reconciliation of the difference between the expected provision for
income taxes using the federal tax rate and the Company's actual provision is
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     MARCH 31,
                                           -----------------------------------------   ----------------------------
                                               1995          1996           1997            1997           1998
                                           -----------   -----------   -------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
   Income tax computed at the
    Federal statutory tax rate .........    $129,000      $104,000      $1,502,000        $215,000     $1,145,000
   State and local taxes (net of
    federal benefit) ...................      18,000        67,000          48,000          42,000        201,000
   Non-deductible goodwill .............                                   112,000              --         28,000
   Tax benefit to record deferred
    taxes at July 27, 1997 .............          --            --        (543,000)             --             --
   Other, net ..........................          --            --        (258,000)             --             --
                                            --------      --------      ----------        --------     ----------
                                            $147,000      $171,000      $  861,000        $257,000     $1,374,000
                                            ========      ========      ==========        ========     ==========
</TABLE>

     The major components of the Company's net current deferred tax assets at
December 31, 1997 relate to allowances, accruals and adjustments relating to
the conversion from cash to accrual method of accounting for income tax
purposes at certain of the Founding Companies and Pooling Acquisitions.

(10) STOCK OPTION PLANS:

     In May 1997, the Company adopted two stock option plans (the "Plans").
Under the The Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan"), the maximum
number of common shares that may be subject to outstanding awards, determined
immediately after the grant of any award, may not exceed the greater of 900,000
shares or 12% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.
Options may be granted to directors, officers, employees, consultants, and
independent contractors. Individual awards under the Plan may take the form of
one or more of: (i) either incentive stock options ("ISOs") or non-qualified
stock options ("NQSOs"); (ii) stock appreciation rights ("SARs"); (iii)
restricted or deferred stock; (iv) dividend equivalents; and (v)  other awards
not otherwise provided for, the value of which is based in whole or in part
upon the value of the Common Stock.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(10) STOCK OPTION PLANS:--(CONTINUED)

     Pursuant to the Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan (the "Directors'
Plan"), each non-employee director and advisory director is automatically
granted an option to purchase 10,000 shares upon such person's initial election
as a director. In addition, the Directors' Plan provides for an automatic
annual grant to each Participant of an option to purchase 5,000 shares at each
annual meeting of stockholders. The Directors Plan also permits participants to
elect to receive, in lieu of cash directors fees, shares or credits
representing deferred shares that may be settled at future dates as elected by
the parties. The Company has reserved 100,000 shares of Common Stock for
issuance under the Directors' Plan.

     The price at which the Company's options are granted under the plans are
equal to or in excess of the fair market value of the stock at the date of
grant. Generally, options granted under the Incentive Plan may remain
outstanding and may be exercised at any time up to three months after the
person to whom such options were granted is no longer employed or retained by
the Company. Options granted under the Directors' Plan may remain outstanding
and may be exercised at any time up to one year after termination of service as
a director or advisor. Substantially all of the outstanding options under the
Incentive Plan vest at the rate of 25% per year and options under the
Directors' Plan are immediately exercisable. Options granted under the Plans
have maximum terms of not more than 10 years.

     During 1997, 962,250 non-qualified stock options were granted under the
Plans at exercise prices between $14 and $24 with a weighted average exercise
price of $15.07. At December 31, 1997, substantially all of the options granted
remain outstanding as none were exercised or cancelled during the year; 40,000
options are exercisable. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the
outstanding options are nine years and seven months.

     The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in
accounting for options granted to employees and directors. Accordingly, no
compensation cost has been recognized related to such grants. Had compensation
cost been recorded for the Company's awards under the Plans based on fair value
at the grant dates consistent with the methodologies of SFAS 123, the Company's
1997 reported actual net income and earnings per share would have been reduced
to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

  Net Income:      As Reported ..........   $3,429,000
                   Pro Forma ............   $2,506,000

  Basic EPS:       As Reported ..........   $     .58
                   Pro Forma ............   $     .44

  Diluted EPS:     As Reported ..........   $     .57
                   Pro Forma ............   $     .43

     Under SFAS 123, the fair value of each option granted is estimated on the
date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:
expected volatility of 70%, risk-free interest rate of 7.5%, expected dividends
of $0 and expected term of four years.

     The Company recorded expense of $10,000 in 1997 related to 10,000 options
granted to a non-employee of the Company. In determining the expense to be
recorded, the Company applied the Black-Scholes model using the same
assumptions described above, including expected term of four years.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(11) CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK:

TRAVEL SERVICE PROVIDERS

     The Company markets and provides reservation services for rental car
companies located in various European countries. Two auto rental companies
accounted for approximately 82%, 80%, and 87%, respectively, of the Company's
net revenues from European auto rentals in 1995, 1996 and 1997. The Company
markets and provides reservation services for a variety of cruise lines. Net
revenue from the sales of cruises on behalf of six cruise lines represented
approximately 78%, 70%, and 74%, respectively, of the Company's net cruise
revenues in 1995, 1996 and 1997.

GEOGRAPHICAL

     The table below provides information on the percentage of the Company's
total auto rentals occurring in significant geographical regions for the three
years ended December 31, 1997:

                                      1995     1996     1997
                                     ------   ------   -----
  Germany ........................    21%      19%      18%
  United Kingdom .................    19%      19%      20%
  France .........................    16%      17%      17%
  Italy ..........................    13%      14%      13%

(12) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     Notes and receivables from affiliates and employees at December 31, 1997
consist of a note from an affiliate for $326,000 which bears interest at six
percent and is due September 30, 1998 and a note from an employee for $86,000
which bears interest at the prime rate payable quarterly, and is due in annual
three principal payments commencing January 1, 1999.

     Due to affiliates of $478,000 at December 31, 1997 represents amounts
payable to Founding Company stockholders for reimbursement of certain
receivables and taxes related to the Offering and Combinations. These amounts
are expected to be paid in 1998. Due to affiliates of $300,000 at December 31,
1996 represents a short-term loan from the wife of an affiliate which was
repaid in February 1997.

     The Company leases office space from an employee under a lease which
expires November 2002. Total payments were approximately $48,000, $58,000,
$106,000 and $45,000 (unaudited), respectively, in 1995, 1996, 1997 and March
31, 1998.

     One of the Company's subsidiaries obtains long distance telephone services
under an agreement with an unrelated owned by an affiliate of the Company. The
Company pays market rates for these services.

     The Company leases office space from the brother of an affiliate under a
lease which expires February 2006. Payments were $191,000, $191,000, $201,000
and $48,000 (unaudited) in 1995, 1996, 1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively.

     The Company purchased $134,000 worth of computer equipment from a company
controlled by an affiliate in 1997.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(13) BENEFIT PLANS:

     The Company has four 401(k) retirement plans, one profit-sharing plan, and
one simple IRA plan. The Company's annual contributions to the 401(k) and
profit sharing plans are discretionary. Contributions under the benefit plans
were approximately $104,000 in 1995, $136,000 in 1996, $38,000 in 1997 and $0
(unaudited) during the three months ended March 31, 1998. The Company
established a new 401(k) plan effective July 1, 1998 under which eligible
employees of all Company subsidiaries may participate; existing plans will be
suspended or rolled into the new plan. Company contributions under the new plan
will be determined upon the discretion of the board of directors. The board has
approved a match equal to 25% of employee contributions up to 6% of annual
compensation.

(14) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LITIGATION

     The Company is involved in various legal claims and actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. The Company believes that none of the claims and
actions currently pending will have a material adverse effect on its business,
financial condition or results of operations.

OPERATING LEASES

     The Company leases office space and office equipment under operating
leases. The Company incurred approximately $1,300,000, $1,361,000, $1,532,000
and $421,000 (unaudited) in rental expense under noncancellable operating
leases in 1995, 1996, 1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively.

     Minimum annual commitments under operating leases at December 31, 1997 are
as follows:

  YEAR                              AMOUNT
  ----                           ------------
  1998 .......................    1,220,000
  1999 .......................      867,000
  2000 .......................      740,000
  2001 .......................      667,000
  2002 .......................      568,000
  Thereafter .................      530,000
                                 ----------
                                 $4,592,000
                                 ==========

INSURANCE

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including
directors and officers, prospectus liability, general and business liability,
commercial property, workers' compensation, and general umbrella policies. The
Company has not incurred significant claims or losses on any of its insurance
policies during the periods presented in the accompanying financial statements.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

     The Company had outstanding irrevocable letters of credit totaling
$650,000 at December 31, 1997. These letters of credit, which have terms of one
year or less, collateralize the Company's obligations to third parties for
payment of travel obligations. Refer to Note (15) for information regarding
certain subsequent events related to letters of credit.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

             TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

(15) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

ACQUISITIONS

     Effective April 1, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of all of
the outstanding capital stock of The Cruise Line, Inc., a specialized
distributor of cruise reservation services. The consideration paid was $12.5
million in cash. The acquisition will be accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting. The acquisition was not material to the Company's
financial position or results of operations.

     On May 21, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of all the
outstanding capital stock of Landry & Kling, Inc. ("L&K"), a specialized
distributor of corporate incentive cruise reservations. The aggregate
consideration paid was 163,078 shares of common stock. The acquisition will be
accounted for using the pooling of interests method of accounting. The
acquisition was not material to the Company's financial position or results of
operations.

     On May 31, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of all the
outstanding capital stock of The Travel Company, Inc. ("The Travel Company"), a
specialized distributor of cruise reservations. The aggregate consideration
paid was 179,727 shares of common stock. The acquisition will be accounted for
using the pooling of interests method of accounting. The acquisition was not
material to the Company's financial position or results of operations.

     On June 1, 1998, the Company consummated the acquisition of all of the
outstanding capital stock Lexington Services Associates, Ltd. ("Lexington").
Lexington is an electronic hotel reservation services company. The aggregate
consideration paid consisted of 285,714 shares of common stock and $20.0
million in cash. An additional $7.5 million in cash and common stock may be
paid as contingent consideration based upon financial performance in the twelve
months ended May 31, 1999. The acquisition will be accounted for using the
purchase method of accounting.

LONG-TERM DEBT

     On March 27, 1998, the Company received a commitment from NationsBank,
N.A. to increase the Credit Facility to $30 million, of which up to $3 million
can be used for letters of credit. As of June 5, 1998, outstanding borrowings
under the Credit Facility totaled $28.6 million. As discussed in Note (7), the
Credit Agreement requires the Company to secure an interest rate hedge on fifty
percent of the outstanding principal amount borrowed under the Credit Facility
and 100% of the Term Loan. As of June 5, the Company has entered into interest
rate swap hedge agreements totalling $16.4 million and maturing in October
2000, with an average interest rate of 6.08%. As of June 5, 1998, letters of
credit outstanding under the Credit Facility total $1,007,000. On March 31,
1998, funds pledged to Barnett Bank of $3 million were released in exchange for
a guarantee by the Company of outstanding debt of one of the Founding
Companies. Such debt totalling $3,141,241 was repaid on April 25, 1998,
including $1,901,838 which was refinanced using the proceeds of the Term Loan.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The General Partner
Lexington Services Associates, Ltd.

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Lexington Services
Associates, Ltd. dba Lexington Services, Ltd. (the Partnership), as of December
31, 1997, and the related statements of income, partners' capital, and cash
flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Partnership's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Lexington Services
Associates, Ltd., dba Lexington Services, Ltd., at December 31, 1997, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Ernst & Young LLP

April 17, 1998,
except for Note 6, as to which
the date is June 1, 1998

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                         DBA LEXINGTON SERVICES, LTD.

                                BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                                          1997             1998
                                                                     --------------   --------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                  <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash ............................................................     $      300       $      300
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for "no-shows" and doubtful
   accounts of $594,867 and 626,672, respectively ................      1,754,093        1,915,278
 Prepaid expenses ................................................         80,539           83,304
 Notes receivable ................................................         54,191           84,243
 Other current assets ............................................         58,577           43,081
                                                                       ----------       ----------
Total current assets .............................................      1,947,700        2,126,206
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment, at cost (Note 3):
 Furniture and fixtures ..........................................        223,945          259,834
 Telephone system ................................................        183,338          185,285
 Computer equipment ..............................................        773,067          879,341
 Leasehold improvements ..........................................          6,978            7,603
                                                                       ----------       ----------
                                                                        1,187,328        1,332,063
 Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ..................       (579,939)        (641,379)
                                                                       ----------       ----------
Net furniture, fixtures, and equipment ...........................        607,389          690,684
Due from affiliate ...............................................      1,424,006        1,643,797
                                                                       ----------       ----------
Total assets .....................................................     $3,979,095       $4,460,687
                                                                       ==========       ==========

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Current liabilities:
 Current portion of long-term debt (Note 3) ......................     $  710,574       $1,160,759
 Accounts payable ................................................        479,087          471,168
 Accrued liabilities .............................................        333,111          381,620
                                                                       ----------       ----------
Total current liabilities ........................................      1,522,772        2,013,547
Long-term debt less current portion (Note 3) .....................      1,010,940          983,655
Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)
Partners' capital:
 General partner .................................................        144,539          146,349
 Limited partners ................................................      1,300,844        1,317,136
                                                                       ----------       ----------
Total partners' capital ..........................................      1,445,383        1,463,485
                                                                       ----------       ----------
Total liabilities and partners' capital ..........................     $3,979,095       $4,460,687
                                                                       ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes.

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                         DBA LEXINGTON SERVICES, LTD.

                             STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                DECEMBER 31,         MARCH 31,
                                                                    1997                1998
                                                               --------------   -------------------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>
Revenue:
 Reservation fees ..........................................    $ 8,363,156         $2,299,940
 Source fees ...............................................      2,238,828            612,385
 Licensing fees ............................................        210,249             48,790
                                                                -----------         ----------
                                                                 10,812,233          2,961,115
Selling, general, and administrative expenses:
 Costs of reservations and related expenses ................      4,736,524          1,213,868
 General and administrative (Note 5) .......................      2,863,496          1,090,272
 Selling and development costs .............................      1,728,274            556,939
 Depreciation and amortization .............................        237,879             61,440
                                                                -----------         ----------
                                                                  9,566,173          2,922,519
                                                                -----------         ----------
Operating income ...........................................      1,246,060             38,596
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense, net including $64,448 in 1997 and $15,586
   in 1998 to related parties ..............................       (177,063)           (46,279)
 Other income ..............................................         95,572             25,785
                                                                -----------         ----------
                                                                    (81,491)           (20,494)
                                                                -----------         ----------
Net income .................................................    $ 1,164,569         $   18,102
                                                                ===========         ==========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes.

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                         DBA LEXINGTON SERVICES, LTD.

                        STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              GENERAL        LIMITED
                                                              PARTNER       PARTNERS         TOTAL
                                                            -----------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>            <C>
Partners' capital at January 1, 1997 ....................    $ 28,082     $  252,732      $  280,814
 Net income .............................................     116,457      1,048,112       1,164,569
                                                             --------     ----------      ----------
Partners' capital at December 31, 1997 ..................     144,539      1,300,844       1,445,383
Net income (unaudited) ..................................       1,810         16,292          18,102
                                                             --------     ----------      ----------
Partners' capital at March 31, 1998 (unaudited) .........    $146,349     $1,317,136      $1,463,485
                                                             ========     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes.

                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                         DBA LEXINGTON SERVICES, LTD.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,         MARCH 31,
                                                                     1997                1998
                                                                --------------   -------------------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income ..................................................    $  1,164,569        $   18,102
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization .............................         237,879            61,440
  Bad debt expense ..........................................         123,779            40,714
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable ......................................        (735,063)         (201,899)
   Prepaid expenses .........................................         (31,438)           (2,765)
   Notes receivable .........................................         (35,593)          (30,052)
   Other current assets .....................................         (36,905)           15,496
   Accounts payable .........................................         260,154            (7,919)
   Accrued liabilities ......................................         181,793            48,509
                                                                 ------------        ----------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities .........       1,129,175           (58,374)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of furniture, fixtures, and equipment .............        (279,640)         (144,735)
                                                                 ------------        ----------
Net cash used in investing activities .......................        (279,640)         (144,735)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net borrowings under line of credit agreements ..............         250,000           451,620
Net advances to affiliate ...................................      (1,256,363)         (219,791)
Borrowings on term loans ....................................         254,774                --
Payments on long-term debt ..................................         (74,858)          (27,285)
Payments on related party loans .............................         (23,038)           (1,435)
                                                                 ------------        ----------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities .........        (849,485)          203,109
                                                                 ------------        ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash .............................              50                --
Cash at beginning of period .................................             250               300
                                                                 ------------        ----------
Cash at end of period .......................................    $        300        $      300
                                                                 ============        ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest ......................................    $    177,063        $   46,279
                                                                 ============        ==========
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                         DBA LEXINGTON SERVICES, LTD.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)

1. ORGANIZATION

     Lexington Services Associates, Ltd. dba Lexington Services, Ltd. (the
Partnership), a Texas limited partnership, was formed March 9, 1992, to provide
Centralized Reservation Services (CRS) and Global Distribution Systems (GDS)
connectivity to subscribers in the hotel industry and to license hotels within
the extended stay hotel industry with the Lexington Hotel Suites and Inns
tradename and associated service marks. The Partnership serves hotels,
primarily independent and small chain hotels, in 48 countries. At March 31,
1998, the Partnership consisted of one general partner, Lexington Services
Corporation, and three limited partners. The term of the Partnership, unless
extended, expires December 31, 2040.

     Net earnings and losses of the Partnership are allocated 10% to the
general partner and 90% to the limited partners. The general partner receives
compensation for services rendered to the Partnership in an amount equal to 2%
of the net cash flow of the Partnership, as defined in the partnership
agreement.

     Distribution of Partnership assets, other than upon Partnership
dissolution, will be made at the discretion of the general partner.
Distributions will be allocated to the partners based on their respective
ownership interests in the Partnership at the date of distribution declaration.

     As discussed in Note 5, the Partnership has significant transactions with
related parties.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The financial statements as of March 31, 1998, and for the three months
then ended are unaudited, however, in the opinion of management of the Company,
such financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal
recurring accruals necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position
as of March 31, 1998, and the results of operations and cash flows for the
three months then ended. Operating results for the three months ended March 31,
1998, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
the year ending December 31, 1998.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

     The Partnership recognizes revenues primarily from reservation fees,
source fees, and licensing fees. Reservation fees comprise approximately 77%
and 78% of the Partnership's revenue in 1997 and 1998, respectively, and are
recognized upon check-out from the member hotel by travelers who booked their
reservation through the Partnership's CRS. The fees are based on a negotiated
percent of the average daily room revenue earned by the member hotel. Source
fees are generated from transaction charges for the booking of reservations by
the Partnership for the member hotel and are recognized upon check-out from the
member hotel by travelers. Licensing fees are generated from the licensing of
independently owned hotels that utilize the Lexington Hotel Suites and Inns
trade name. These fees are recognized monthly based on reported revenues of the
licensed, independently owned hotels and affiliates.

CREDIT AND FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

     The Partnership provides credit to customers in the normal course of
business and maintains an allowance for "no-shows" and doubtful accounts based
upon expected collectibility. Losses from "no-shows" and bad debts have
historically been within management's expectations. Accounts receivable at

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                         DBA LEXINGTON SERVICES, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)

December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998, include approximately $300,000 and
$438,000, respectively, due from customers in other countries who can settle
their account in foreign currencies. The Partnership recorded losses of
approximately $7,000 and $360 on foreign currency exchanges during the year
ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended March 31, 1998,
respectively. During 1997, the Partnership's member hotels were geographically
dispersed as follows: United States--58%, Australia--14%, Europe--10%,
Mexico--10%, Canada--5%, and Other--3%.

DUE FROM AFFILIATE

     Due from affiliate represents net cash collected and disbursed by the
Partnership through a central disbursement account maintained by Lexington
Management Corp. (LMC), an affiliate, for the Partnership and certain other
related entities. During January 1996, approximately $700,000 due to LMC was
converted into a note payable, described in Note 3.

FURNITURE, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT

     Furniture, fixtures, and equipment are stated at cost. Provisions for
depreciation and amortization of furniture, fixtures, and equipment are
computed using accelerated methods over estimated useful lives of five to seven
years.

TRADEMARKS

     Trademarks with a carrying value of approximately $345,000 and $290,000 at
December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively, were purchased from LMC
when the Partnership was formed in 1992 in exchange for $9,000 cash and a
$441,000 note payable, payable in monthly installments of $2,000 plus interest
at 6%. Accumulated amortization was $105,000 and $95,100 as of December 31,
1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively. The trademarks relate to the logo and
format used by the Lexington Hotel Suites and Inns. The value assigned to the
trademarks is being amortized over 18 years. The asset, net of amortization,
and related $290,000 note payable have been excluded from the balance sheets at
December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998; however, the Partnership is obligated for
the remaining amounts due under the obligation. During the period ended March
31, 1998, the Partnership sold certain trademarks for approximately $75,000,
resulting in a gain of $26,600 which has been included in other income.

INCOME TAXES

     The Partnership is not subject to state and federal income taxes.
Accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been made on the Partnership's
books because all income or losses are allocable to the partners for inclusion
in their respective income tax returns.

USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                                      F-29
<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                         DBA LEXINGTON SERVICES, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)

ADVERTISING EXPENSE

     The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred. The Partnership incurred
approximately $73,000 and $16,000 in advertising costs in the year ended 1997
and the three months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

     The costs of developing and maintaining the Partnership's CRS software and
other internal-use software is expensed as incurred.

3. LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt consists of:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                                       1997            1998
                                                                  --------------   ------------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>
   Borrowings from a bank under a $1,500,000 revolving line of
    credit bearing interest at the bank's prime rate plus .25%
    (8.75% at December 31, 1997). Interest on borrowings is
    payable monthly with a .25% fee on the unused portion of
    the revolver, which matures in August 1998. The revolver
    is secured by accounts receivable, and furniture, fixtures,
    and equipment. ............................................     $  600,000     $1,051,620
   Borrowings from a bank under five term loans bearing
    interest at the bank's prime rate plus .25% (8.75% at
    December 31, 1997). Principal payments of $9,095, plus
    accrued interest, are due monthly, with maturities varying
    from September 2001 to December 2002. The loans are
    secured by furniture, fixtures, and equipment. ............        420,079        392,794
   Borrowings from LMC, an affiliate, bearing interest at 6%,
    with interest payable monthly and principal due January
    2000 (See Note 2). ........................................        700,000        700,000
   Others at rates ranging from 8% to 12%, with principal and
    interest payable monthly in varying amounts through
    January 1998. .............................................          1,435             --
                                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                                     1,721,514      2,144,414
   Less current portion of long-term debt .....................        710,574      1,160,759
                                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                                    $1,010,940     $  983,655
                                                                    ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

                                      F-30
<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                         DBA LEXINGTON SERVICES, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)

3. LONG-TERM DEBT--(CONTINUED)

     Maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 1997, are as follows:

  1998 ................   $  710,574
  1999 ................      109,139
  2000 ................      800,615
  2001 ................       78,843
  2002 ................       22,343
                          ----------
                          $1,721,514
                          ==========

     Amounts available under the $1,500,000 revolver and the term facilities
agreements are limited in the aggregate to $2,203,700. Amounts available under
the $1,500,000 revolver are limited to the amount available based on the level
of Tangible Net Worth, as defined, and to 60% of Eligible Domestic Accounts
Receivable plus 40% of Eligible Foreign Accounts Receivable, as defined
($1,150,000 and $1,164,000 at December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998,
respectively). The facilities agreements contain various restrictive covenants
including, but not limited to, net worth requirements, liquidity ratios, and
limitations on capital expenditures and additional indebtedness. In January
1998, the Company renegotiated its loan agreement, extending the revolver's
maturity date until February 1999, increasing the revolver to $2,000,000, and
allowing for aggregate borrowings of $2,985,566.

4. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     Certain key employees are covered by employment contracts that, in certain
circumstances, provide severance compensation of up to six months salary in the
event of a change of control of the Partnership. Substantially all other
employees are covered by thirty day employment agreements that renew
automatically.

LEASES

     An affiliate of the Partnership, Glade Properties, Inc. (Glade), leases
certain office facilities under noncancelable operating leases which are
occupied by the Partnership. The cost of the lease agreement for the office
space is allocated by Glade among the affiliated entities occupying the
facilities based primarily on each entity's relative square foot usage. Total
rent expense of approximately $131,400 and $45,000 was recognized by the
Partnership for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three-months ended
March 31, 1998, respectively, for their portion of the rent under Glade's lease
agreement.

                                      F-31
<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                         DBA LEXINGTON SERVICES, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)

4. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES--(CONTINUED)

     Based on the Partnership's current rent allocation, its share of the
future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 1997, are as follows:

  1998 ................    $228,000
  1999 ................     252,000
  2000 ................     147,000
                           --------
                           $627,000
                           ========

CONTINGENCIES

     The Partnership is involved in certain disputes arising in the ordinary
course of business which involve or may involve litigation. Although the
ultimate resolution of these matters cannot be reasonably estimated at this
time, Management does not believe they will have a material adverse effect on
the financial position of the Partnership.

5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     In addition to Notes Payable and Lease transactions described in Notes 3
and 4, the Partnership has arrangements with related parties for certain
services as follows.

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS

     Two affiliates, LMC and Woodstone International, Inc., provide various
management services for the Partnership, including treasury, risk management,
tax, and other administrative services necessary for the operation of the
Partnership. Included in general and administrative expenses are management
fees of $1,923,000 and $812,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the
three months ended March 31, 1998, respectively.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     The Partnership participates in the LMC 401(k) defined contribution plan
for all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. The Partnership
makes matching contributions up to certain limits to the plan based on employee
contributions. The Partnership made contributions to the plan of approximately
$29,200 and $7,400 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months
ended March 31, 1998, respectively.

6. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     On June 1, 1998, the Company sold the partnership interests in the Company
to Travel Services International, Inc. for $20,000,000 in cash and 285,714
shares of Travel Services International's common stock. An additional
$7,500,000 in cash and common stock may be paid as contingent consideration
based upon financial performance of the former Company for the twelve months
ended May 31, 1999. These financial statements do not reflect the effects, if
any, of the sale.

                                      F-32
<PAGE>

                      LEXINGTON SERVICES ASSOCIATES, LTD.
                         DBA LEXINGTON SERVICES, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED)

7. IMPACT OF YEAR 2000 (UNAUDITED)

     The Company has completed an assessment and will have to modify or replace
portions of its software so that its computer systems will function properly
with respect to dates in the year 2000 and thereafter. The total remaining Year
2000 project cost is estimated at approximately $100,000, which includes the
salaries of individuals as well as software and hardware replacements.

     The project is estimated to be completed not later than January 31, 1999,
which is prior to any anticipated impact on its operating systems. The Company
believes that with modifications to existing software and conversions to new
software, the Year 2000 Issue will not pose significant operational problems
for its computer systems. However, if such modifications and conversions are
not made, or are not completed timely, the Year 2000 Issue could have a
material effect on the operations of the Company.

                                      F-33
<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Cruises Only, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Cruises Only, Inc. (a
Florida corporation) as of July 27, 1997, and the related statements of income,
changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows for the seven-month period
ended July 27, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Cruises Only, Inc. as of
July 27, 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
seven-month period then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas,
     September 26, 1997.

                                      F-34
<PAGE>

                              CRUISES ONLY, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEET

                                 JULY 27, 1997
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
                                ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................    $  442
 Receivables from cruise lines ...........................................     1,037
 Due from TSII ...........................................................       226
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...............................        11
                                                                              ------
      Total current assets ...............................................     1,716
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ..............................................     3,665
OTHER ASSETS .............................................................        28
                                                                              ------
      Total assets .......................................................    $5,409
                                                                              ======
                  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Current maturities of long-term debt ....................................    $  382
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ................................       860
 Customer deposits and deferred income ...................................       980
 Other current liabilities ...............................................       285
                                                                              ------
      Total current liabilities ..........................................     2,507
                                                                              ------
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities ................................     3,010
                                                                              ------
DEFERRED INCOME ..........................................................       156
                                                                              ------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
 Common stock $1 par value; 7,500 shares authorized and outstanding ......         7
 Deficit .................................................................      (271)
                                                                              ------
      Total stockholders' deficit ........................................      (264)
                                                                              ------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit ........................    $5,409
                                                                              ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                             financial statement.

                                      F-35
<PAGE>

                              CRUISES ONLY, INC.

                              STATEMENT OF INCOME

                FOR THE SEVEN-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JULY 27, 1997
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

NET REVENUES ................................    $6,658
OPERATING EXPENSES ..........................     2,631
                                                 ------
      Gross profit ..........................     4,027
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES .........     2,018
                                                 ------
      Income from operations ................     2,009
INTEREST EXPENSE ............................      (166)
OTHER INCOME, net ...........................        54
                                                 ------
      Net income ............................    $1,897
                                                 ======

   The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                             financial statement.

                                      F-36
<PAGE>

                              CRUISES ONLY, INC.

                 STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

                FOR THE SEVEN-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JULY 27, 1997
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       COMMON      RETAINED
                                            SHARES      STOCK      DEFICIT        TOTAL
                                           --------   --------   -----------   ----------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1996 .............    7,500        $ 7      $   (808)     $   (801)
 Net income ............................       --         --         1,897         1,897
 Distributions to stockholders .........       --         --        (1,360)       (1,360)
                                            -----        ---      --------      --------
BALANCE, July 27, 1997 .................    7,500        $ 7      $   (271)     $   (264)
                                            =====        ===      ========      ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                             financial statement.

                                      F-37
<PAGE>

                              CRUISES ONLY, INC.

                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                FOR THE SEVEN-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JULY 27, 1997
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                   <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income .......................................................................     $ 1,897
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities--
   Depreciation ...................................................................         169
   Deferred income ................................................................         (34)
   Loss on retirement of assets ...................................................          39
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities--
    Receivables from cruise lines .................................................        (125)
    Due from TSII .................................................................        (226)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets .....................................          13
    Other assets ..................................................................          16
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ......................................         131
    Customer deposits and deferred income .........................................         (64)
    Other current liabilities .....................................................         (23)
                                                                                        -------
      Net cash provided by operating activities ...................................       1,793
                                                                                        -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment ...............................................          (7)
                                                                                        -------
      Net cash used in investing activities .......................................          (7)
                                                                                        -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: .............................................
 Payments on long-term debt .......................................................        (219)
 Distributions to stockholders ....................................................      (1,360)
                                                                                        -------
      Net cash used in financing activities .......................................      (1,579)
                                                                                        -------
      Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ...................................         207
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period ....................................         235
                                                                                        -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period ..........................................     $   442
                                                                                        =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid for interest ...........................................................     $   166
                                                                                        =======
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                              financial statement.

                                      F-38
<PAGE>

                              CRUISES ONLY, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                 JULY 27, 1997

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

     Cruises Only, Inc. (the "Company"), a Florida corporation, is a
specialized distributor of reservations for cruise vacations to travelers
located in the United States. It offers cruises to its clients on over 45
cruise lines traveling to the Caribbean and other destinations around the
world. The Company's operations are seasonal, with a peak during the second and
third quarter of the year.

     On July 28, 1997, all of the operating assets and related liabilities of
the Company related to its travel services (substantially all of the assets and
liabilities of the Company) were contributed to a newly established subsidiary
limited liability corporation of the Company and subsequently, purchased by
Travel Services International, Inc. (TSII) concurrent with the consummation of
the initial public offering of the common stock of TSII. In connection with
this transaction, the Company received cash and shares of TSII common stock.
The net assets retained by the Company and subsequently distributed to the
Company's previous owners were approximately $170,700.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

CASH EQUIVALENTS

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original
maturity of three months or less as cash equivalents.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, including the net amount of
interest cost associated with significant capital additions. Depreciation is
computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of
the related asset or life of the lease.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain
or loss is recognized in the statement of income.

CUSTOMER DEPOSITS AND DEFERRED INCOME

     Customer deposits represents the cost of cruises for cash sales which have
not yet been remitted to the cruise lines. Deferred income generally includes
commissions collected more than 60 days prior to the sail date. Deferred income
also includes the unearned portion of a $300,000 promotion support payment
received by the Company during 1996 from a supplier. In the event the Company
breaches the agreement during the 60-month term, the promotion support payment
must be refunded. The promotional support payment is being amortized to income
using the straight-line method over the 60-month agreement term. Approximately
$34,000 of this amount has been included in other income for the seven-month
period ended July 27, 1997.

                                      F-39
<PAGE>

                              CRUISES ONLY, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                                 JULY 27, 1997

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)

INCOME TAXES

     The Company had elected S Corporation status, as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code, whereby the Company is not subject to taxation for federal
purposes. Under S Corporation status, the stockholder reports the Company's
taxable earnings or losses in her personal tax return.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

     The Company recognizes revenue when the customer is no longer entitled to
a full refund of the cost of the cruise, which is generally 45 to 90 days prior
to the sail date. Net revenues primarily consist of commissions and year-end
volume bonuses from cruise lines.

OPERATING EXPENSES

     Operating expenses include sales persons' commissions, salaries,
communication, advertising, credit card fees and other costs associated with
the selling and processing of cruise reservations.

ADVERTISING COSTS

     All advertising and promotion costs are expensed as incurred.

USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CONCENTRATION OF RISK

     CRUISE LINES--Net revenues from the sales of cruises on behalf of four
cruise lines represented approximately 42.4%, 14%, 11% and 11%, of net
commission revenues for the seven-month period ended July 27, 1997.

                                      F-40
<PAGE>

                              CRUISES ONLY, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                                 JULY 27, 1997

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

     Property and equipment as of July 27,1997, consist of the following (in
thousands):

                                                ESTIMATED
                                               USEFUL LIVES
                                                 IN YEARS       AMOUNT
                                              -------------   ---------
   Land ...................................        --          $  470
   Buildings and improvements .............        40           2,154
   Office equipment .......................        5-7            390
   Furniture and fixtures .................         7           1,214
                                                               ------
                                                                4,228
   Less--Accumulated depreciation .........                      (563)
                                                               ------
     Property and equipment, net ..........                    $3,665
                                                               ======

     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities as of July 27, 1997, consist of
the following (in thousands):

         Accounts payable ..........................    $134
         Accrued compensation and benefits .........     313
         Other accrued liabilities .................     413
                                                        ----
                                                        $860
                                                        ====

4. DEBT

     Long-term debt as of July 27, 1997, consists of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
   Notes payable to a bank, bearing interest at 8.5% and monthly payments of $12
    through maturity in October 2002. Secured by substantially all assets of the
    Company and personally guaranteed by the stockholders ..........................    $  603
   Note payable to a bank, bearing interest at 7.8% and monthly payments of $17
    through October 2000. Thereafter, note bears interest at a rate equal to the
    five-year treasury yield plus 1.9% or prime, as selected by the Company, through
    maturity in October 2005. Secured by land, building, improvements and personal
    property of the Company and personally guaranteed by the stockholders ..........     1,947
   Note payable to a bank, bearing interest at prime minus .25% (8.25% at July 27,
    1997), payable in monthly principal payments of $20 through May 2001. Secured
    by furniture, fixtures and equipment of the Company and personally guaranteed
    by the stockholders ............................................................       842
                                                                                        ------
                                                                                         3,392
   Less--Current maturities ........................................................       382
                                                                                        ------
                                                                                        $3,010
                                                                                        ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-41
<PAGE>

                              CRUISES ONLY, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                                 JULY 27, 1997

4. DEBT--(CONTINUED)

     Future maturities of long-term debt obligations as of July 27, 1997, are
as follows (in thousands):

        Period from July 28 - December 31, 1997 .........    $  158
        Year ending December 31,
          1998 ..........................................       387
          1999 ..........................................       400
          2000 ..........................................       414
          2001 ..........................................       212
          Thereafter ....................................     1,821
                                                             ------
                                                             $3,392
                                                             ======

     Since October 1995, the Company has had a line of credit available in the
amount of $500,000, with a stated interest rate of prime, as defined, secured
by the Company's receivables and payable on demand. As of July 27, 1997, the
Company had not drawn any funds under this credit arrangement.

5. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company employs a small number of individuals related to the
stockholders at wages commensurate with their experience and level of
responsibility.

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LITIGATION

     The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. Management does not believe that the outcome of such legal
actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position
or results of operations.

INSURANCE

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including general
and business automobile liability, commercial property, workers' compensation
and a general umbrella policy. The Company has not incurred significant claims
or losses on any of its insurance policies during the period presented in the
accompanying financial statements.

401(K) PLAN

     The Company adopted a defined contribution 401(k) savings and retirement
plan effective August 1, 1994. Employees are eligible to participate after
completing one year of service and attaining age 21. Participants may
contribute 1% to 15% of their gross compensation subject to certain
limitations. The Company may make discretionary contributions as a percentage
of each participant's elective deferral. No contributions were made by the
Company during the seven-month period ended July 27, 1997.

7. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
     SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair Values of Financial Instruments,"
and SFAS No. 119, "Disclosures About Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair
Value of Financial Instruments," require the disclosure of the fair value of
financial instruments for both assets and liabilities recognized and not
recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate fair
value. The carrying value of the Company's financial instruments approximates
fair value.

                                      F-42
<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To 800-Ideas, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of 800-Ideas, Inc. (a
Nevada corporation) as of July 27, 1997, and the related statements of income,
changes in stockholder's equity and cash flows for the seven-month period then
ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of 800-Ideas, Inc. as of July
27, 1997, the results of its operations and its cash flows for the seven-month
period then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas,
     September 26, 1997.

                                      F-43
<PAGE>

                                800-IDEAS, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEET

                                 JULY 27, 1997
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
                                 ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................    $1,718
 Accounts receivable, net of $109 allowance for doubtful accounts ........       727
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...............................       478
                                                                              ------
      Total current assets ...............................................     2,923
FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT, net .............................................       255
OTHER ASSETS .............................................................        63
                                                                              ------
      Total assets .......................................................    $3,241
                                                                              ======
                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ................................    $  729
 Deferred income .........................................................       136
                                                                              ------
      Total current liabilities ..........................................       865
                                                                              ------
DEFERRED INCOME ..........................................................       169
                                                                              ------
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par value; 1,000 shares authorized and outstanding .....        71
 Retained earnings .......................................................     2,136
                                                                              ------
      Total stockholder's equity .........................................     2,207
                                                                              ------
      Total liabilities and shareholder's equity .........................    $3,241
                                                                              ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                             financial statement.

                                      F-44
<PAGE>

                                800-IDEAS, INC.

                              STATEMENT OF INCOME

                FOR THE SEVEN-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JULY 27, 1997
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

NET REVENUES ................................    $5,812
OPERATING EXPENSES ..........................     3,533
                                                 ------
      Gross profit ..........................     2,279
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES .........       896
                                                 ------
      Income from operations ................     1,383
OTHER INCOME, net ...........................        48
                                                 ------
      Net income ............................    $1,431
                                                 ======

   The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                             financial statement.

                                      F-45
<PAGE>

                                800-IDEAS, INC.

                 STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

                FOR THE SEVEN-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JULY 27, 1997
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   COMMON     RETAINED
                                        SHARES      STOCK     EARNINGS       TOTAL
                                       --------   --------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1996 .........    1,000        $71      $  2,285     $  2,356
 Net income ........................       --         --         1,431        1,431
 Distributions .....................       --         --        (1,580)      (1,580)
                                        -----        ---      --------     --------
BALANCE, July 27, 1997 .............    1,000        $71      $  2,136     $  2,207
                                        =====        ===      ========     ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                             financial statement.

                                      F-46
<PAGE>

                                800-IDEAS, INC.

                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                FOR THE SEVEN-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JULY 27, 1997
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                   <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income .......................................................................    $  1,431
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities--
   Depreciation ...................................................................          69
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable ...........................................................         383
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets .....................................        (289)
    Other assets ..................................................................         (46)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ......................................         433
    Deferred income ...............................................................         305
                                                                                       --------
      Net cash provided by operating activities ...................................       2,286
                                                                                       --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of furniture and equipment ..............................................         (26)
                                                                                       --------
      Net cash used in investing activities .......................................         (26)
                                                                                       --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Payments on capital lease obligations ............................................         (24)
 Distributions to stockholder .....................................................      (1,580)
                                                                                       --------
      Net cash used in financing activities .......................................      (1,604)
                                                                                       --------
      Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ...................................         656
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period ....................................       1,062
                                                                                       --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period ..........................................    $  1,718
                                                                                       ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid for interest ...........................................................    $      3
                                                                                       ========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                              financial statement.

                                      F-47
<PAGE>

                                800-IDEAS, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                 JULY 27, 1997

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION 800-IDEAS, INC.

     800-Ideas, Inc. (the "Company"), a Nevada corporation, which operates
under the trade name "Travel 800", is a specialized distributor of domestic
airline reservations. The Company's operations are seasonal, with a peak during
the second and third quarters of the year.

     On July 28, 1997, all of the operating assets and related liabilities of
the Company related to its travel services (substantially all of the assets and
liabilities of the Company) were contributed to a newly established subsidiary
limited liability corporation of the Company and subsequently, purchased by
Travel Services International, Inc. (TSII). This exchange was concurrent with
the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of TSII. In
connection with this transaction, the Company received cash and shares of TSII
common stock. The net assets retained by the Company and subsequently
distributed to the Company's previous owner were approximately $320,000.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

CASH EQUIVALENTS

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original
maturity of three months or less as cash equivalents.

FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT

     Furniture and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Equipment under capital lease is amortized over the shorter of the life of the
related asset or the life of the lease.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain
or loss is recognized in the statement of income.

DEFERRED INCOME

     Deferred income includes the unamortized amount of signing bonuses
received by the Company in connection with its custom Network Service
Arrangement and its automated reservation service contract. The signing bonus
amounts are being amortized using the straight-line method over the respective
contract term. Income of $75,000 attributable to the signing bonuses for the
seven-month period ended July 27, 1997 is included in other income, net, in the
accompanying financial statements.

INCOME TAXES

     The Company had elected S Corporation status, as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code, whereby the Company is not subject to taxation for federal
purposes. Under S Corporation status, the stockholder reports the Company's
taxable earnings or losses in her personal tax return.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

     The Company recognizes net revenue when earned, which is at the time the
reservation is booked and ticketed. Net revenues primarily include commissions
on travel services, volume bonuses, ticket

                                      F-48
<PAGE>

                                800-IDEAS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                                 JULY 27, 1997

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)

processing fees and delivery fees. The Company provides a reserve for
cancellations, reservation changes and lost ticket charges, and provisions for
such amounts are reflected in net revenues.

OPERATING EXPENSES

     Operating expenses include travel agent commissions, salaries,
communication, advertising, credit card fees and other costs associated with
selling and processing air travel reservations.

USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CONCENTRATION OF RISK

     TRAVEL SERVICE PROVIDERS--The Company primarily markets and sells the
services of various United States domestic airlines. Two airlines accounted for
44% and 11%, respectively, of net revenues for the seven-month period ended
July 27, 1997.

     CREDIT--Substantially all of the tickets sold by the Company and the
related processing and delivery fees are paid for by credit card; the cost of
the airline ticket is billed directly to the customer by Airline Reporting
Corporation (ARC), and the Company's net commission is subsequently remitted by
ARC. Generally, credit card payments are processed and collection is assured
prior to the final delivery of the airline ticket to the customer.

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

     Furniture and equipment as of July 27, 1997, consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED
                                                                USEFUL LIVES
                                                                  IN YEARS      AMOUNT
                                                               -------------   -------
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>
   Computer and office equipment ...........................          7         $439
   Furniture and fixtures ..................................        5-7           81
   Leasehold improvements ..................................          7           21
                                                                                ----
                                                                                 541
   Less--Accumulated depreciation and amortization .........                     286
                                                                                ----
     Property and equipment, net ...........................                    $255
                                                                                ====
</TABLE>

                                      F-49
<PAGE>

                                800-IDEAS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                                 JULY 27, 1997

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)

     Activity in the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts consists of the
following (in thousands):

   Balance at beginning of period .....................    $ 125
   Deductions for uncollectible receivables written off
    and recoveries, net ...............................      (16)
                                                           -----
                                                           $ 109
                                                           =====

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of July 27, 1997, consist of the
following (in thousands):

   Accounts payable ..........................    $562
   Accrued compensation and benefits .........     167
                                                  ----
                                                  $729
                                                  ====

4. LEASES

CAPITAL LEASES

     The Company leases hardware and software under noncancelable capital
leases, which expire in October 1997, at which time there is a combined bargain
purchase option of $1.

OPERATING LEASE AGREEMENTS

     The Company conducts a portion of its operations in a leased facility
classified as an operating lease. Minimum future rental payments under the
noncancelable operating lease as of July 27, 1997, are as follows (in
thousands):

   Period from July 28, 1997 to December 31, 1997 .........    $ 15
   Year ending December 31, 1998 ..........................     141
                                                               ----
                                                               $156
                                                               ====

     The lease provides for the payment of taxes and other expenses by the
Company. Rent expense for the operating lease was approximately $80,000 for the
seven-month period ended July 27, 1997.

5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company has entered into a custom Net Service Arrangement ("CSNA")
with Sprint Communications Company L.P. for long distance telephone service
which provides for a minimum monthly commitment of $120,000 and certain minimum
monthly usages. This agreement will not be transferred to TSII. The Company has
agreed to provide long distance telephone services under the CSNA to TSII for a
period of four to six months subsequent to the transfer to TSII and TSII agreed
to pay for its portion of usage under the CSNA.

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

INSURANCE

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including general
and business automobile liability, commercial property, workers' compensation
and a general umbrella policy. The

                                      F-50
<PAGE>

                                800-IDEAS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                                 JULY 27, 1997

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES--(CONTINUED)

Company has not incurred significant claims or losses on any of its insurance
policies during the seven-month period presented in the accompanying financial
statements.

SERVICE CONTRACT

     On October 3, 1995, the Company entered into a five-year service contract
for the use of an automated reservations system. According to the contract, the
Company must pay a monthly rental fee of approximately $42,000, unless waived
based upon a minimum monthly volume of reservation transactions. Historically,
the Company has met this requirement, and the monthly rental fee has been
waived.

     Under this service contract, the Company receives volume bonuses based on
the number of flown segments sold by the Company. During the seven-month period
ended July 27, 1997, the Company earned volume bonuses totaling approximately
$407,000.

7. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair Values of Financial Instruments,"
and SFAS No. 119, "Disclosures About Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair
Value of Financial Instruments," require the disclosure of the fair value of
financial instruments for both assets and liabilities recognized and not
recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate fair
value. The carrying value of the Company's financial instruments approximates
fair value.

                                      F-51
<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Cruises Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Cruises Inc. (a New York
corporation) as of July 27, 1997, and the related statements of income, changes
in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the seven-month period then ended.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Cruises Inc., as of July
27, 1997, the results of its operations and its cash flows for the seven-month
period then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas,
     October 3, 1997.

                                      F-52
<PAGE>

                                 CRUISES INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEET

                                 JULY 27, 1997

                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        ASSETS
<S>                                                                           <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ................................................    $1,098
 Receivables from cruise lines ............................................       177
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ................................       193
                                                                               ------
   Total current assets ...................................................     1,468
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ...............................................       277
OTHER ASSETS ..............................................................        17
                                                                               ------
   Total assets ...........................................................    $1,762
                                                                               ======
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Current maturities of long-term debt .....................................    $   52
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .................................       773
                                                                               ------
   Total current liabilities ..............................................       825
                                                                               ------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES .....................................................        56
                                                                               ------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES .............................................
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par value; 200 shares authorized, 100 shares outstanding         --
Retained earnings .........................................................       881
                                                                               ------
                                                                                  881
                                                                               ------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .............................    $1,762
                                                                               ======
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                             financial statement.

                                      F-53
<PAGE>

                                 CRUISES INC.

                              STATEMENT OF INCOME

                FOR THE SEVEN-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JULY 27, 1997

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

NET REVENUES .................................    $4,089
OPERATING EXPENSES ...........................     2,408
                                                  ------
  Gross profit ...............................     1,681
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ..........     1,266
                                                  ------
  Income from operations .....................       415
INTEREST INCOME, net .........................         4
OTHER INCOME, net ............................         3
                                                  ------
  Income before income tax provision .........       422
INCOME TAX PROVISION .........................       350
                                                  ------
  Net income .................................    $   72
                                                  ======

    The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                             financial statement.

                                      F-54
<PAGE>

                                 CRUISES INC.

                 STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                FOR THE SEVEN-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JULY 27, 1997

                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

                                                   RETAINED
                                        SHARES     EARNINGS
                                       --------   ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996 .........      100        $809
Net income .........................       --          72
                                          ---        ----
BALANCE, July 27, 1997 .............      100        $881

    The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                             financial statement.

                                      F-55
<PAGE>

                                 CRUISES INC.

                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                FOR THE SEVEN-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JULY 27, 1997

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ..........................................................     $   72
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
   by operating activities--
  Depreciation .......................................................         54
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Receivables from cruise lines .....................................        242
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........................         13
   Other assets ......................................................         17
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..........................       (226)
   Deferred income taxes .............................................         34
                                                                           ------
     Net cash provided by operating activities .......................        206
                                                                           ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of property and equipment and capitalized interest .........        (38)
                                                                           ------
     Net cash used in investing activities ...........................        (38)
                                                                           ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Payments on long-term debt ..........................................         (7)
                                                                           ------
     Net cash used in financing activities ...........................         (7)
                                                                           ------
     Net increase in cash and cash equivalents .......................        161
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period .......................        937
                                                                           ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period .............................     $1,098
                                                                           ======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid for interest ..............................................     $    3
                                                                           ======
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this
                              financial statement.

                                      F-56
<PAGE>

                                 CRUISES INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                 JULY 27, 1997

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

     Cruises Inc. (the "Company"), a New York corporation, is a specialized
distributor of reservations for cruise vacations to travelers located
throughout the United States. It offers cruises to its clients on over 25
cruise lines traveling to the Caribbean and other destinations around the
world.

     On July 28, 1997, the Company was purchased by Travel Services
International, Inc. (TSII). Pursuant to this transaction, all of the
outstanding stock of the Company was exchanged for cash and shares of TSII
common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of
the common stock of TSII.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

CASH EQUIVALENTS

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original
maturity of three months or less as cash equivalents.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, including the net amount of
interest cost associated with significant capital additions. Depreciation is
computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of
the related asset or life of the lease.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain
or loss is recognized in the statement of income.

CUSTOMER DEPOSITS AND DEFERRED INCOME

     Customer deposits represents the cost of cruises for cash sales which have
not yet been remitted to the cruise lines. Deferred income generally includes
commissions collected more than 60 days prior to the sail date.

INCOME TAXES

     The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes,"
which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected
future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial
statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using
enacted tax rates and laws in effect in the years in which the differences are
expected to reverse.

                                      F-57
<PAGE>

                                 CRUISES INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                                 JULY 27, 1997

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)

REVENUE RECOGNITION

     The Company recognizes revenue when the customer is no longer entitled to
a full refund of the cost of the cruise, which is generally 45 to 90 days prior
to the sail date. Net revenues primarily consist of commissions and year-end
volume bonuses from cruise lines.

OPERATING EXPENSES

     Operating expenses include sales persons' commissions, salaries,
communication, advertising, credit card fees and other costs associated with
the selling and processing of cruise reservations.

ADVERTISING COSTS

     All advertising and promotion costs are expensed as incurred.

USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CONCENTRATION OF RISK

     CRUISE LINES--Net revenues from the sales of cruises on behalf of two
cruise lines represented approximately 27% and 19%, respectively, of net
revenues for the seven-month period ended July 27, 1997.

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

     Property and equipment as of July 27,1997, consist of the following (in
thousands):

                                                ESTIMATED
                                               USEFUL LIVES
                                                 IN YEARS       AMOUNT
                                              -------------   ---------
   Leasehold improvements .................          7         $    8
   Office equipment .......................        5-7            492
   Furniture and fixtures .................          7            101
                                                               ------
                                                                  601
   Less--Accumulated depreciation .........                      (324)
                                                               ------
     Property and equipment, net ..........                    $  277
                                                               ======

                                      F-58
<PAGE>

                                 CRUISES INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                                 JULY 27, 1997

4. INCOME TAXES

     The income tax expense consisted of the following components for the year
ended July 27, 1997 (in thousands):

   Current ............................    $316
   Deferred ...........................      34
                                           ----
     Total income tax expense .........    $350
                                           ====

     For the seven-month period ended July 27, 1997, the primary difference
between the Company's effective tax rate and the statutory rate is due to state
income taxes and an adjustment to convert from cash basis to accrual basis for
income tax purposes.

     Deferred tax assets and liabilities include the following as of July 27,
1997 (in thousands):

   Tax assets--
    Accrued expenses .......................    $  35
                                                -----
   Tax liability--
    Accounts receivable ....................      (28)
    Depreciation and amortization ..........      (28)
                                                -----
                                                  (56)
                                                -----
      Net deferred tax (liability) .........    $ (21)
                                                =====

5. DEBT

     Current maturities of debt as of July 27, 1997, consist of a note payable
to a bank, bearing interest at the bank's base rate plus 1% (9.25% at July 27,
1997). The principal and interest on this note were paid in full by TSII on
July 28, 1997.

     The Company has a bank line-of-credit agreement with a $100,000 credit
line. Borrowings on the line of credit bear interest at the bank's base rate
plus 1% (9.25% at July 27, 1997) and are personally guaranteed by certain
stockholders. There were no borrowings outstanding on the line of credit as of
July 27, 1997.

6. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Since 1990, Cruises Inc. has leased office space from Pioneer Park I
Company ("Pioneer") pursuant to a lease dated August 9, 1990, as subsequently
amended and supplemented. One of the principals of Pioneer is Michael Falcone,
the brother of Robert Falcone. The rent paid by Cruises Inc. to Pioneer was
$92,000 for the seven-month period ended July 27, 1997. The lease terminates on
February 28, 2006.

     The Company employs a small number of individuals related to the
stockholders at wages commensurate with their experience and level of
responsibility.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

INSURANCE

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including general
and business automobile liability, commercial property, workers' compensation
and a general umbrella policy. The

                                      F-59
<PAGE>

                                 CRUISES INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

                                 JULY 27, 1997

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES--(CONTINUED)

Company has not incurred significant claims or losses on any of its insurance
policies during the period presented in the accompanying financial statements.

401(K) PLAN

     The Company adopted a defined contribution 401(k) savings and retirement
plan effective January 1, 1994. Employees are eligible to participate after
completing one year of service and attaining age 21. Participants may
contribute 1% to 20% of their gross compensation. The Company matches 25%, to a
maximum of 4% of an employee's gross compensation. Employees vest in the
Company's contribution over a five-year period. For the seven-month period
ended July 27, 1997, the Company made contributions of approximately $5,000.

OPERATING LEASES

     The Company leases a building under an operating lease agreement expiring
in February 2006. Additionally, the Company leases office equipment under
various operating lease agreements expiring between 1997 and 2001.

     Minimum future lease payments under noncancelable operating leases having
remaining terms in excess of one year as of July 27, 1997, are summarized as
follows:

   Period from July 28--
    December 31, 1997 .........    $  143,098
   Year ending December 31,
     1998 .....................       215,432
     1999 .....................       211,943
     2000 .....................       180,000
     2001 .....................       168,315
     2002 .....................       156,630
     Thereafter ...............       544,690
                                   ----------
                                   $1,620,108
                                   ==========

8. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair Values of Financial Instruments,"
and SFAS No. 119, "Disclosures About Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair
Value of Financial Instruments," require the disclosure of the fair value of
financial instruments for both assets and liabilities recognized and not
recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate fair
value. The carrying value of the Company's financial instruments approximates
fair value.

                                      F-60
<PAGE>

The following is a list of photos which we will be using for the inside back
cover of the prospectus for the Company:
 
 1. building

 2. boat on water

 3. Golden Gate Bridge

 4. tropics

 5. Eiffle Tower

 6. mountains

 7. pyramids
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,
IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS OR ANY
UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY
JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH
JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE
INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF OR
THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE SUCH DATE.

                          --------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                PAGE
                                              --------
Prospectus Summary ..........................     3
Risk Factors ................................     8
Use of Proceeds .............................    14
Dividend Policy .............................    14
Price Range of Common Stock .................    14
Capitalization ..............................    15
Selected Historical and Pro Forma
   Financial Data ...........................    16
Management's Discussion And Analysis
   Of Financial Condition And Results
   Of Operations ............................    18
Business ....................................    25
Management ..................................    34
Certain Transactions ........................    42
Principal and Selling Stockholders ..........    44
Description of Capital Stock ................    46
Shares Eligible for Future Sale .............    48
Underwriting ................................    50
Legal Matters ...............................    51
Experts .....................................    51
Additional Information ......................    51
Index to Financial Statements ...............    F-1

                             [TRAVEL SERVICES LOGO]
                                  
 
                                TRAVEL SERVICES
                              INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                               3,500,000 Shares

                                 Common Stock
                               ($.01 par value)

                                   PROSPECTUS

   
                           CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

                          ING BARING FURMAN SELZ LLC

                            NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY
                                SECURITIES LLC

                                 RAYMOND JAMES
                              & ASSOCIATES, INC.
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION(1)

SEC Registration Fee ...............................    $ 41,262
NASD Filing Fee ....................................      14,487
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses .........................      10,000
Nasdaq Stock Market Additional Listing Fee .........      17,500
Accounting Fees and Expenses .......................      85,000
Legal Fees and Expenses ............................      75,000
Printing Expenses ..................................      85,000
Other ..............................................      21,751
                                                        --------
  Total ............................................    $350,000
                                                        ========

- ----------------
(1) The amounts set forth above, except for the SEC fee, the NASD Filing Fee
    and the Nasdaq Stock Market Additional Listing Fee, are in each case
    estimated.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Subsection (a) of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware (the "DGCL") empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation)
by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

     Subsection (b) of Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, or suit by or in the right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such
person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall
have been made to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent
that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court
of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

     Section 145 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a
corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of
any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of
Section 145 in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith; that indemnification
provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights
to which the indemnified party may be entitled; that indemnification provided
for by Section 145 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or
ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of such person's heirs,
executors and administrators; and empowers the corporation to purchase and
maintain insurance

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

on behalf of a director or officer of the corporation against any liability
asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out
of his status as such whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify him against such liabilities under Section 145.

     Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL provides that a certificate of incorporation
may contain a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a
director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty as a director provided that such provision shall not
eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or
a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL; or (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

     Article Seventh of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended,
states that:

     "No director shall be liable to the corporation or any of its stockholders
for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except with
respect to: (1) a breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation
or its stockholders; (2) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (3) liability under
Section 174 of the DGCL; or (4) a transaction from which the director derived
an improper personal benefit, it being the intention of the foregoing provision
to eliminate the liability of the corporation's directors to the corporation or
its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the
DGCL, as amended from time to time. The corporation shall indemnify to the
fullest extent permitted by Sections 102(b)(7) and 145 of the DGCL, as amended
from time to time, each person that such Sections grant the corporation the
power to indemnify."

     In addition, Article VII of the Company's Bylaws further provides that the
Company shall indemnify its officers, directors, advisory directors and
employees to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
executive officers, its advisory director and directors which indemnifies such
person to the fullest extent permitted by its Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation, its Bylaws and the DGCL. In the event that the Company's
stockholders approve the Company's reincorporation from Delaware to Florida at
the Company's 1998 Annual Meeting, the Company intends to amend said
indemnification agreements to provide indemnification to the fullest extent
permitted under the Florida Business Corporation Act. The Company also
maintains obtain directors and officers liability insurance.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     Set forth below is certain information concerning all sales of securities
by the Company during the past three years that were not registered under the
Securities Act.

     The following is certain information concerning all sales of securities by
the Company during the year ended December 31, 1997 that were not registered
under the Securities Act:

   (a) Travel Services International, Inc. was organized in April 1996 and
       issued 100 and 200 shares of its Common Stock to its Founders, Capstone
       Partners LLC and Alpine Consolidated, LLC, respectively, at a per share
       price of $.01. On May 14, 1997, the number of these shares were
       increased by a 5,444.45 to one stock split.

   (b) During the first quarter of 1997, 851,166 shares of Common Stock were
       issued to persons who were to become officers, directors, key employees,
       or holders of more than 5% of the stock of the Company at a per share
       price of $.01.

   (c) In July 1997, the Company issued the following shares in connection
       with the acquisition of the five Founding Companies: 333,334 shares in
       connection with the acquisition of Cruises, Inc.;

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

       908,334 shares in connection with the acquisition of Cruises Only;
       1,083,334 shares in connection with the acquisition of Auto Europe;
       902,778 shares in connection with the acquisition of Travel 800; and
       194,445 shares in connection with the acquisition of D-FW Tours.

   (d) In November 1997, the Company issued the following shares in connection
       with the acquisitions of the following four Operating Companies and Trax
       Software, Inc.: 328,492 shares in connection with the acquisition of
       CruiseOne; 326,704 shares in connection with the acquisition of
       CruiseWorld; 471,508 shares in connection with the acquisition of Ship
       `N' Shore; 225,000 shares in connection with the acquisition of Cruise
       Fairs; and 32,985 shares in connection with the acquisition of Trax.

   (e) In January 1998, the Company issued the following shares in connection
       with the acquisition of the following Operating Company: 21,822 shares
       in connection with the acquisition of Diplomat Tours.

   (f) In February 1998, the Company issued the following shares in connection
       with the acquisition of the following Operating Companies: 163,755
       shares in connection with the acquisition of Gold Coast and 2,183 shares
       in connection with the acquisition of AutoNet International.

   (g) In March 1998, the Company issued the following shares in connection
       with the acquisition of the following Operating Company: 152,835 shares
       in connection with the acquisition of Cruise Masters.

     The offers and sales of these shares were exempt from registration under
the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof because, among
other things, the offers and sales were made to a small number of sophisticated
investors, or directors and executive officers, of the Company who had access
to the information about the Company and were able to bear the risk of loss of
their investment.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     (a) Exhibits

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                              DESCRIPTION
 -------                                            -----------
<S>        <C>
 1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement

 2.1       Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, among the Registrant, Auto-
             Europe, Inc. (Maine), Imad Khalidi, Alex Cecil and Wilfred Diller, as trustee for Thurston
             Cecil and Lila Cecil.(1)

 2.2       Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, among the Registrant, Cruises
             Only, Inc., Wayne Heller and Judy Heller.(1)

 2.3       Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, among the Registrant, 800-
             Ideas, Inc. and Susan Parker.(1)

 2.4       Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, among the Registrant, Cruises,
             Inc., Robert G. Falcone, Judith A. Falcone and Pamela C. Cole.(1)

 2.5       Agreement and Plan of Organization, dated as of May 9, 1997, among the Registrant, D-FW
             Tours, Inc., D-FW Travel Arrangements, Inc., John W. Przywara and Sharon S. Przywara.(1)

 2.6       First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Organization among the Registrant, Auto-
             Europe, Inc. (Maine), Imad Khalidi Alex Cecil and Wilfred Diller, as trustee for Thurston
             Cecil and Lila Cecil.(2)

 2.7       First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 30, 1997, by and among
             the Registrant, Cruises, Inc., Robert G. Falcone, Judith A. Falcone, and Pamela C. Cole.(2)

 2.8       First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 30, 1997, by and among
             the Registrant, Cruises Only, Inc., Wayne Heller and Judy Heller.(2)
</TABLE>

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                               DESCRIPTION
 -------                                             -----------
<S>        <C>
 2.9       First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 30, 1997, by and among
             the Registrant, D-FW Travel Arrangements, Inc., John W. Przywara and Sharon Scott
             Przywara.(2)

 2.10      First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 30, 1997, by and among
             the Registrant, 800-Ideas, Inc. and Susan Parker.(2)

 3.1       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation(1)

 3.2       Bylaws(1)

 4.1       Specimen Common Stock Certificate(2)

 4.2       Form of Restriction and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 28, 1997, between the
             Registrant and the each of the persons listed on the schedule thereto.(4)

 5         Opinion of Greenberg Traurig Hoffman Lipoff Rosen & Quentel, P.A.

10.1       Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1997, between the
             Registrant and Joseph V. Vittoria.(4)

  --       Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 12, 1997, between the
             Registrant and Jill M. Vales.(4)

  --       Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1997, between the
             Registrant and Michael J. Moriarty.(4)

  --       Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, between the Registrant and Mel Robinson.(4)

  --       Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, among the Registrant, Auto Europe, LLC and
             Imad Khalidi.(4)

  --       Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 1997, among the Registrant, Auto Europe, LLC and
             Alex Cecil.(4)

  --       Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, among the Registrant, Cruises, Inc. and Robert
             Falcone.(4)

  --       Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, among the Registrant, Cruises, Inc. and Judith
             Falcone.(4)

  --       Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, among the Registrant, Cruises, Inc. and Holley
             Christen.(4)

  --       Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, among the Registrant, Cruises Only, LLC and
             Wayne Heller.(4)

  --       Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, among the Registrant, Cruises Only, LLC and
             Judy Heller.(4)

  --       Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, among the Registrant, Travel 800, LLC and
             Susan Parker.(4)

10.2       Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated July 28, 1997, between the Registrant and each of
             the persons set forth on the schedule thereto.(4)

10.3       1997 Long Term Incentive Plan(3)

10.4       Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan(3)

10.6       Employment Agreement, dated July 25, 1997, between the Registrant and Suzanne B. Bell.(4)

10.7       Employment Agreement, dated as of July 25, 1997, between the Registrant and Maryann
             Bastnagel.(4)

10.8       Credit Agreement, dated as of October 15, 1997, by and between the Registrant and
             NationsBank, N.A.(4)

10.9       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1997, among the Registrant, CruiseOne,
             Inc., Anthony J. Persico and Charlotte Luna, as amended.(5)

10.10      Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1997, among the Registrant, Cruise World,
             Inc., and the sellers named therein, as amended.(5)
</TABLE>

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                               DESCRIPTION
 ---------                                            -----------
<S>          <C>
10.11        Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1996, among the Registrant, Ship `N'
               Shore Cruises, Inc., Cruise Time, Inc., SNS Coachline, Inc., Cruise Mart, Inc., SNS Travel
               Marketing, Inc. and Natalee Stutzman, as amended.(5)

10.12        Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 9, 1998, among the Registrant, Gold Coast
               Travel Agency Corporation, Inc. and Rhea Sherota.(6)

10.13        Employment Agreement, dated as of January 19, 1998, between the Registrant and John C. De
               Lano.(7)

10.14        Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 1998, among the Registrant, The Cruise Line, Inc.
               and the shareholders named therein(8)

10.15        Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998, among the Registrant and Spencer Frazier.(9)

10.16        Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant and Lexington Services Associates, Ltd., a
             Texas limited partnership (the "Partnership"), and the Partnership's partners dated as of
               June 1, 1998.(9)

11           Schedule of Computations of Earnings Per Share(7)

21           Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1         Consent of Greenberg Traurig Hoffman Lipoff Rosen & Quentel, P.A. (included in Exhibit 5)

23.2         Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

23.3         Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

24           Reference is made to the Signatures section of this Registration Statement for the Power of
               Attorney contained therein(9)
</TABLE>
    

- ----------------
(1) Previously filed as the same Exhibit number on May 14, 1997, under a
    Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File no. 333-27125).
(2) Previously filed as the same Exhibit number on July 1, 1997 under a
    Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File no. 333-27125).
(3) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter
    ended June 30, 1997.
(4) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter
    ended September 30, 1997.
(5) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form 8-K dated November 19,
    1997.
(6) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form 8-K dated February 9,
    1998.
(7) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form 10-K for the year
    ended December 31, 1997.
(8) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form 8-K dated March 31,
    1998.
(9) Previously filed.

     (b) Financial Statement Schedules

       Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants .........   S-1
       Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts .............   S-2

     All other schedules have been omitted either because they are not
applicable or because the information has been disclosed in the financial
statements and related notes included in the prospectus.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (2) That for the purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has
duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Delray
Beach, State of Florida, on the 14th day of July, 1998.
    

                                 TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                 BY: /s/ Joseph V. Vittoria
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Joseph V. Vittoria
                                     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this amendment to the
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       NAME AND SIGNATURE                        TITLE                      DATE
- -------------------------------   ----------------------------------   --------------
<S>                               <C>                                  <C>
/s/  Joseph V. Vittoria           Chairman of the Board,               July 14, 1998
- -------------------------------     Chief Executive Officer, Director
     Joseph V. Vittoria             (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/    Jill M. Vales              Senior Vice President, Chief         July 14, 1998
- -------------------------------     Financial and Principal
       Jill M. Vales                Accounting Officer

/s/         *                     Director                             July 14, 1998
- -------------------------------
        Wayne Heller

/s/         *                     Director                             July 14, 1998
- -------------------------------
     Robert G. Falcone

/s/         *                     Director                             July 14, 1998
- -------------------------------
        Imad Khalidi

/s/         *                     Director                             July 14, 1998
- -------------------------------
      John W. Przywara

/s/         *                     Director                             July 14, 1998
- -------------------------------
     Elan J. Blutinger

/s/         *                     Director                             July 14, 1998
- -------------------------------
     D. Fraser Bullock

                                  Director
- -------------------------------
      Tommaso Zanzotto

- ----------------
*By: /s/ Jill M. Vales
     --------------------------
     Jill M. Vales
     Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
    

 

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Travel Services International, Inc.:

     We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
the consolidated financial statements of Travel Services International, Inc.
and subsidiaries, included in this registration statement and have issued our
report thereon dated March 31, l998 (except with respect to the matters
discussed in Note 15, as to which date is June 16, 1998). Our audits were made
for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken
as a whole. The schedule listed in the index above is the responsibility of the
Company's management and is presented for purposes of complying with the
Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of the basic
financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements and, in our
opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to
be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a
whole.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

West Palm Beach, Florida,
     March 31, 1998.

                                      S-1
<PAGE>

                 SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           ADDITIIONS
                                                           BALANCE AT      CHARGED TO
                                                          BEGINNING OF     COSTS AND     BALANCE AT
DESCRIPTION                                                   YEAR          EXPENSES     END OF YEAR
- -----------                                              --------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>           <C>
Reserves and allowances deducted from assets accounts:
Allowance for uncollectible accounts recievable
  Year ended December 31, 1995 .......................       $37,000             --       $ 37,000
  Year ended December 31, 1996 .......................       $37,000             --       $ 37,000
  Year ended December 31, 1997 .......................       $37,000        108,000       $145,000
</TABLE>

                                      S-2
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SEQUENTIAL
 EXHIBIT                                                                             PAGE
   NO.                                  DESCRIPTION                                 NUMBER
- ---------   ------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>         <C>                                                                  <C>
 1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement

 5          Opinion of Greenberg Traurig Hoffman Lipoff Rosen & Quentel, P.A.

21          Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.2        Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

23.3        Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
</TABLE>
    


                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1

                                3,500,000 SHARES

                       TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                          COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                 ________, 1998

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION 
ING BARING FURMAN SELZ LLC 
NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC 
RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
  As Representatives of the Several Underwriters,
    c/o Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation,
             Eleven Madison Avenue,
                New York, N.Y. 10010-3629

Dear Sir or Madam:

         1. INTRODUCTORY. Travel Services International, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Company"), proposes to issue and sell 1,500,000 shares of its
COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE ("Securities"), and the stockholders
listed in Schedule A hereto ("Selling Stockholders") propose severally to sell
an aggregate of 2,000,000 outstanding shares of the Securities (such 3,500,000
shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the "Firm Securities").
The Company also proposes to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the
Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than 525,000 additional shares of its
Securities, as set forth below (such 525,000 additional shares being hereinafter
referred to as the "Optional Securities"). The Firm Securities and the Optional
Securities are herein collectively called the "Offered Securities." The Company
and the Selling Stockholders hereby agree with the several Underwriters named in
Schedule B hereto ("Underwriters") as follows:

         2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the
several Underwriters that:

                  (i) A registration statement (No. 333-56567) relating to the
         Offered Securities, including a form of prospectus, has been filed with
         the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") and either (A)
         has been declared effective under the 

<PAGE>

         Securities Act of 1933 ("Act") and is not proposed to be amended or (B)
         is proposed to be amended by amendment or post-effective amendment. If
         such registration statement (the "initial registration statement") has
         been declared effective, either (A) an additional registration
         statement (the "additional registration statement") relating to the
         Offered Securities may have been filed with the Commission pursuant to
         Rule 462(b) ("Rule 462(b)") under the Act and, if so filed, has become
         effective upon filing pursuant to such Rule and the Offered Securities
         all have been duly registered under the Act pursuant to the initial
         registration statement and, if applicable, the additional registration
         statement or (B) such an additional registration statement is proposed
         to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and will become
         effective upon filing pursuant to such Rule and upon such filing the
         Offered Securities will all have been duly registered under the Act
         pursuant to the initial registration statement and such additional
         registration statement. If the Company does not propose to amend the
         initial registration statement or if an additional registration
         statement has been filed and the Company does not propose to amend it,
         and if any post-effective amendment to either such registration
         statement has been filed with the Commission prior to the execution and
         delivery of this Agreement, the most recent amendment (if any) to each
         such registration statement has been declared effective by the
         Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c)
         ("Rule 462(c)") under the Act or, in the case of the additional
         registration statement, Rule 462(b). For purposes of this Agreement,
         "Effective Time" with respect to the initial registration statement or,
         if filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
         additional registration statement means (A) if the Company has advised
         the Representatives that it does not propose to amend such registration
         statement, the date and time as of which such registration statement,
         or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto (if any) filed
         prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, was declared
         effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing
         pursuant to Rule 462(c), or (B) if the Company has advised the
         Representatives that it proposes to file an amendment or post-effective
         amendment to such registration statement, the date and time as of which
         such registration statement, as amended by such amendment or
         post-effective amendment, as the case may be, is declared effective by
         the Commission. If an additional registration statement has not been
         filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the
         Company has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file one,
         "Effective Time" with respect to such additional registration statement
         means the date and time as of which such registration statement is
         filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b). "Effective Date"
         with respect to the initial registration statement or the additional
         registration statement (if any) means the date of the Effective Time
         thereof. The initial registration statement, as amended at its
         Effective Time, including all information contained in the additional
         registration statement (if any) and deemed to be a part of the initial
         registration statement as of the Effective Time of the additional
         registration statement pursuant 

                                       2
<PAGE>

         to the General Instructions of the Form on which it is filed and
         including all information (if any) deemed to be a part of the initial
         registration statement as of its Effective Time pursuant to Rule
         430A(b) ("Rule 430A(b)") under the Act, is hereinafter referred to as
         the "Initial Registration Statement". The additional registration
         statement, as amended at its Effective Time, including the contents of
         the initial registration statement incorporated by reference therein
         and including all information (if any) deemed to be a part of the
         additional registration statement as of its Effective Time pursuant to
         Rule 430A(b), is hereinafter referred to as the "Additional
         Registration Statement". The Initial Registration Statement and the
         Additional Registration are hereinafter referred to collectively as the
         "Registration Statements" and individually as a "Registration
         Statement". The form of prospectus relating to the Offered Securities,
         as first filed with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with
         Rule 424(b) ("Rule 424(b)") under the Act or (if no such filing is
         required) as included in a Registration Statement, is hereinafter
         referred to as the "Prospectus". No document has been or will be
         prepared or distributed in reliance on Rule 434 under the Act.

                  (ii) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration
         Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: (A)
         on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the
         Initial Registration Statement conformed in all material respects to
         the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the
         Commission ("Rules and Regulations") and did not include any untrue
         statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
         required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
         therein not misleading, (B) on the Effective Date of the Additional
         Registration Statement (if any), each Registration Statement conformed
         or will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the
         Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not include, or will not
         include, any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit, or
         will not omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein
         or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (C) on
         the date of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement and, if
         the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is prior to
         the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional
         Registration Statement each conforms, and at the time of filing of the
         Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required)
         at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement in which
         the Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement and the
         Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements
         of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and neither of such documents
         includes, or will include, any untrue statement of a material fact or
         omits, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be stated
         therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. If
         the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent
         to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: on the Effective Date
         of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration
         Statement and the Prospectus will conform in all material 

                                       3
<PAGE>

         respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations,
         neither of such documents will include any untrue statement of a
         material fact or will omit to state any material fact required to be
         stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
         misleading, and no Additional Registration Statement has been or will
         be filed. The two preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or
         omissions from a Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon
         written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through
         the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood
         and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in
         Section 7(c) hereof.

                  (iii) The Company has been duly incorporated and is an
         existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of
         Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its
         properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; and
         the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation
         in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or
         lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such
         qualification, except for such jurisdictions where the failure to so
         qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the assets or
         properties, business, prospects, results of operations or financial
         condition of the Company or its subsidiaries, taken as a consolidated
         whole (a "Material Adverse Effect").

                  (iv) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated
         and is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the
         jurisdiction of its incorporation, with power and authority (corporate
         and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described
         in the Prospectus; and each subsidiary of the Company is duly qualified
         to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other
         jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the
         conduct of its business requires such qualification except where the
         failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all of
         the issued and outstanding capital stock of each subsidiary of the
         Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid
         and nonassessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through
         subsidiaries, free from liens, encumbrances and defects; and no
         options, warrants or other rights to purchase, agreements or other
         obligations to issue or other rights to convert any obligations into
         shares of capital stock or ownership interests in any of the
         Subsidiaries are outstanding. The Company does not own or control,
         directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity
         other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration
         Statement.

                  (v) The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from
         the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale pursuant to
         this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant
         to this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and
         nonassessable. The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of
         the Company is as set forth in the Prospectus under 

                                       4
<PAGE>

         the caption "Capitalization" (other than for subsequent issuances, if
         any, pursuant to employee benefit plans described in the Prospectus or
         upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants described in the
         Prospectus). The Securities (including the Common Shares) conform in
         all material respects to the description thereof contained in the
         Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding Securities have been duly
         authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and
         have been issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws.
         None of the outstanding Securities were issued in violation of any
         preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to
         subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. There are no
         authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights
         of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt
         securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any
         capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than
         those accurately described in the Prospectus. The description of the
         Company's stock option and other stock plans or arrangements, and the
         options or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Prospectus
         accurately and fairly presents the information required to be shown
         with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

                  (vi) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no
         contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any
         person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any
         Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder's fee or other like
         payment in connection with this offering.

                  (vii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no
         contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any
         person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a
         registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of
         the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the
         Company to include such securities in the securities registered
         pursuant to a Registration Statement or in any securities being
         registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the
         Company under the Act.

                  (viii) The Securities are listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market.

                  (ix) No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or
         filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required
         to be obtained or made by the Company for the consummation of the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the sale
         of the Offered Securities, except such as have been obtained and made
         under the Act and such as may be required under state securities laws.

                  (x) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement,
         and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not
         result in a breach 

                                       5
<PAGE>

         or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a
         default under, any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any
         governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having
         jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their
         properties, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any
         Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any subsidiary is
         bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any
         subsidiary is subject, or the charter or by-laws of the Company or any
         subsidiary. Neither the Company or any of its subsidiaries is in
         violation of its charter or by-laws or is in default (or, with the
         giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default) under any
         indenture, mortgage, loan or credit agreement, note, contract,
         franchise, lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of its
         subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or
         to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its
         subsidiaries is subject which violation or default would have a
         Material Adverse Effect.

                  (xi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
         delivered by the Company.

                  (xii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and
         its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties
         and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free
         from liens, encumbrances and defects that would materially affect the
         value thereof or materially interfere with the use made or to be made
         thereof by them; and except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company
         and its subsidiaries hold any leased real or personal property under
         valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would materially
         interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them.

                  (xiii) The Company and its subsidiaries possess adequate
         certificates, authorities or permits issued by appropriate governmental
         agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by
         them and have not received any notice of proceedings relating to the
         revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit
         that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its
         subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a material
         adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                  (xiv) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or
         any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent
         that might have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
         subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                  (xv) The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess, have a
         right to use or can acquire on reasonable terms, trademarks, trade
         names and other rights to inventions, know-how, patents, copyrights,
         confidential information and other intellectual property (collectively,
         "Intellectual Property Rights") necessary to 

                                       6
<PAGE>

         conduct the business now operated by them, or presently employed by
         them, including, but not limited to, all Intellectual Property Rights
         related to the Universal Agent and Universal Manager software programs,
         and have not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with
         asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property
         Rights that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its
         subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a material
         adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.
         The Company has a right to use the name "The Travel Company" and has
         not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted
         rights of others with respect to such name.

                  (xvi) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, neither the
         Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any statute,
         rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body
         or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or
         release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection
         or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or
         toxic substances (collectively, "environmental laws"), owns or operates
         any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to
         any environmental laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or
         contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is subject to any
         claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation,
         contamination, liability or claim would individually or in the
         aggregate have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
         subsidiaries taken as a whole; and the Company is not aware of any
         pending investigation which might lead to such a claim.

              (xvii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no pending
         actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company, any of
         its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that, if
         determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would
         individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the
         condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of
         operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or
         would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to
         perform its obligations under this Agreement, or which are otherwise
         material in the context of the sale of the Offered Securities; and no
         such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or, to the Company's
         knowledge, contemplated.

              (xviii) Arthur Andersen LLP, who have expressed their opinion with
         respect to the consolidated financial statements (which term as used in
         this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) and supporting
         schedules of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than Lexington (as
         defined below), as well as the financial statements of each of Cruises
         Only, Inc. ("Cruises Only"), 800-Ideas, Inc. ("Travel 800") and
         Cruises, Inc. ("Cruises Inc.") filed with the Commission as a part of
         the Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus, are
         independent public or 

                                       7
<PAGE>

         certified public accountants with respect to each of the Company,
         Cruises Only, Travel 800 and Cruises Inc. as required by the Securities
         Act. Ernst & Young LLP, who have expressed their opinion with respect
         to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement
         includes the related notes thereto) and supporting schedules of
         Lexington Services Associates, Ltd. ("Lexington") filed with the
         Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the
         Prospectus, are independent public or certified public accountants with
         respect to Lexington as required by the Securities Act. The financial
         statements included in each Registration Statement and the Prospectus
         present fairly the financial position of the Company, its consolidated
         subsidiaries, Cruises Only, Travel 800, Cruises Inc. and Lexington as
         of the dates shown and their results of operations and cash flows for
         the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in
         conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles in the
         United States applied on a consistent basis and the schedules included
         in each Registration Statement present fairly the position, results of
         operations and cash flows of the Company and the subsidiaries on a
         consolidated basis, Cruises Only, Travel 800, Cruises, Inc. and
         Lexington, respectively, at the dates specified and for the periods
         specified. The supporting schedules included in the Registration
         Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein.
         Such financial statements and supporting schedules have been prepared
         in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on
         a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be
         expressly stated in the related notes thereto, and all adjustments
         necessary for a fair presentation of results for such period have been
         made. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are
         required to be included in the Registration Statement. The financial
         data set forth in the Prospectus under the captions "Prospectus
         Summary--Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data,"
         "Capitalization" and "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data"
         fairly present the information set forth therein on a basis consistent
         with that of the audited and pro forma financial statements contained
         in the Registration Statement and the books and records of the Company
         and the subsidiaries, as applicable. The pro forma financial statements
         of the Company together with the related notes thereto included under
         the captions "Prospectus Summary--Summary Historical and Pro Forma
         Combined Financial Data," and "Selected Historical and Pro Forma
         Financial Data" and elsewhere in the Prospectus and in the Registration
         Statement present fairly the information contained therein, have been
         prepared in accordance with the Commission's rules and guidelines with
         respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly
         presented on the pro forma bases described therein, and the assumptions
         used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used
         therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and
         circumstances referred to therein.

                  (xix) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, since the date of
         the latest 

                                       8
<PAGE>

         audited financial statements included in the Prospectus (a) there has
         been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving
         a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or
         other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company
         and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, and, except as disclosed in or
         contemplated by the Prospectus, there has been no dividend or
         distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any
         class of its capital stock; (b) the Company and its subsidiaries,
         considered as one entity, have not incurred any material liability or
         obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course
         of business nor entered into any material transaction or agreement not
         in the ordinary course of business; and (c) there has been no adverse
         change with respect to the goodwill and other intangible assets
         (collectively, the "Intangible Assets") such that, as of the date
         hereof, the Intangible Assets, net of accumulated amortization, do not
         have a value, adjusted for the acquisition of Lexington, at least equal
         to the value reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the
         Company and its subsidiaries and no part of the Intangible Assets are
         required to be written down in conformity with generally accepted
         accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with prior periods.

                  (xx) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the
         offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the
         proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an
         "investment company" as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                  (xxi) The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all
         necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns
         and have paid all taxes required to be paid by any of them and, if due
         and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied
         against any of them, except where such failure to file or pay would not
         have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made adequate charges,
         accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred
         to in Section 2(a)(xviii) above in respect of all federal, state and
         foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax
         liability of the Company and any of its subsidiaries has not been
         finally determined.

                      (xxii) Neither the Company, nor to the Company's best
         knowledge, any of its affiliates or any of the subsidiaries or any of
         their affiliates, has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any
         action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or
         result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Securities
         to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

                  (xxiii) There are no business relationships or related-party
         transactions involving the Company, any subsidiary or any other person
         required to be described in the Prospectus which have not been
         described as required.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                  (xxiv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to
         the best of the Company's knowledge, any employee or agent of the
         Company or any subsidiary has made any contribution or other payment to
         any official of, or candidate for, any federal, state or foreign office
         in violation of any law or of the character required to be disclosed in
         the Prospectus.

                  (xxv) The Company and each of the subsidiaries currently
         maintain a system of accounting controls sufficient to provide
         reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance
         with management's general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions
         are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements
         in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied
         in the United States and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii)
         access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's
         general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability
         for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and
         appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

                  (xxvi) The Company has made all filings required to be made by
         it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

                  (xxvii) The Company has entered into the acquisition agreement
         (the "Lexington Agreement") with Lexington pursuant to which the
         Company has acquired the entire partnership interest in Lexington. The
         Lexington Agreement is in full force and effect, has been duly and
         validly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, and
         is valid and binding on the parties thereto in accordance with its
         terms and, to the Company's knowledge, none of the parties thereto is
         in default in any respect thereunder.

              (xxviii) The Company has entered into an asset sale agreement (the
         "ABC Agreement") with Reed Elsevier Inc. and Reed Elsevier Properties
         Inc. relating to its ABC Corporate Services division ("ABC") pursuant
         to which the Company has acquired all of the assets and certain
         liabilities relating to ABC. The ABC Agreement is in full force and
         effect, has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by
         the parties thereto, and is valid and binding on the parties thereto in
         accordance with its terms and, to the Company's knowledge, none of the
         parties thereto is in default in any respect thereunder.

              (b) Each Selling Stockholder severally represents and warrants to,
         and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

              (i) Such Selling Stockholder has and on each Closing Date
         hereinafter mentioned will have valid and unencumbered title to the
         Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such
         Closing Date and full right, power 

                                       10
<PAGE>

         and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign,
         transfer and deliver the Offered Securities to be delivered by such
         Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date hereunder; and upon the
         delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities on each Closing Date
         hereunder the several Underwriters will acquire valid and unencumbered
         title to the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling
         Stockholder on such Closing Date.

                  (ii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
         delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and is a valid
         and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in
         accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnification
         hereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the
         enforcement hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
         affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable
         principles.

                  (iii) The Selling Stockholder's Irrevocable Power of Attorney
         and Custody Agreement (the "POA/Custody Agreement") signed by such
         Selling Stockholder and the Company, as custodian (the "Custodian"),
         relating to the deposit of the Securities to be sold by such Selling
         Stockholder and appointing certain individuals named therein as such
         Selling Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact (each, an "Attorney-in-Fact")
         to the extent set forth therein relating to the transactions
         contemplated hereby and by the Prospectus, of such Selling Stockholder
         has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling
         Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of such Selling
         Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights
         to indemnification thereunder may be limited by applicable law and
         except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating
         to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general
         equitable principles.

                  (iv) The execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder
         of, and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations
         under, this Agreement and the POA/Custody Agreement will not contravene
         or conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under,
         or require the consent of any other party to, the charter or by-laws,
         partnership agreement, trust agreement or other organizational
         documents of such Selling Stockholder or any other agreement or
         instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which it
         is bound or under which it is entitled to any right or benefit, any
         provision of applicable law or any judgment, order, decree or
         regulation applicable to such Selling Stockholder of any court,
         regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator
         having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder. No consent,
         approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing
         with, any court or other governmental authority or agency, is required
         for the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions
         contemplated in this Agreement, except 

                                       11
<PAGE>

         such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect
         under the Act, applicable state securities or blue sky laws and from
         the NASD.

                  (v) No consent, approval or waiver is required under any
         instrument or agreement to which any Selling Stockholder is a party or
         by which it is bound or under which it is entitled to any right or
         benefit, in connection with the offering, sale or purchase by the
         Underwriters of any of the Securities which may be sold by any Selling
         Stockholder under this Agreement or the consummation by any Selling
         Stockholder of any of the other transactions contemplated hereby.

                  (vi) All information furnished by or on behalf of such Selling
         Stockholder in writing expressly for use in the Registration Statement
         and Prospectus is, and on the First Closing Date and the Optional
         Closing Date will be, true, correct, and complete in all material
         respects, and does not, and on the First Closing Date and the Optional
         Closing Date will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact
         or omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information
         not misleading. Such Selling Stockholder confirms as accurate the
         number of Securities set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder's name
         in the Prospectus under the caption "Principal and Selling
         Stockholders" (both prior to and after giving effect to the sale of the
         Securities).

                  (vii) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not
         take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be
         reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation
         of the price of the Securities to facilitate the sale or resale of the
         Securities.

              (viii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no
         contracts, agreements or understandings between such Selling
         Stockholder and any person that would give rise to a valid claim
         against such Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter for a brokerage
         commission, finder's fee or other like payment in connection with this
         offering.

         3. PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF OFFERED SECURITIES. On the basis of
the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to
the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and each Selling
Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each Underwriter, and
each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company
and each Selling Stockholder, at a purchase price of $ per share, that number of
Firm Securities (rounded up or down, as determined by Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation ("CSFBC") in its discretion, in order to avoid fractions) obtained
by multiplying 1,500,000 Firm Securities in the case of the Company and the
number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Selling
Stockholder in Schedule A hereto, in the case of a Selling Stockholder, in each
case by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Firm Securities set
forth 

                                       12
<PAGE>

opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule B hereto and the denominator
of which is the total number of Firm Securities.

         Certificates in negotiable form for the Offered Securities to be sold
by the Selling Stockholders hereunder have been placed in custody, for delivery
under this Agreement, under POA/Custody Agreements made with the Company, as
custodian. Each Selling Stockholder agrees that the shares represented by the
certificates held in custody for the Selling Stockholders under such POA/Custody
Agreements are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that the
arrangements made by the Selling Stockholders for such custody are to that
extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of the Selling Stockholders
hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death of
any individual Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, or in
the case of a trust, by the death of any trustee or trustees or the termination
of such trust. If any individual Selling Stockholder or any such trustee or
trustees should die, or if any other such event should occur, or if any of such
trusts should terminate, before the delivery of the Offered Securities
hereunder, certificates for such Offered Securities shall be delivered by the
Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if
such death or other event or termination had not occurred, regardless of whether
or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event or
termination.

         The Company and the Custodian will deliver the Firm Securities to the
Representatives for the accounts of the Underwriters, at the office of Fulbright
& Jaworski L.L.P., 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10103, against payment of the
purchase price in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or
wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to CSFBC drawn to the order of
the Company in the case of 1,500,000 shares of Firm Securities and the Custodian
in the case of 2,000,000 shares of Firm Securities, at the office of Fulbright &
Jaworski L.L.P., 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10103, at 9:30 A.M., New York
time, on _________, 1998, or at such other time not later than seven full
business days thereafter as CSFBC and the Company determine, such time being
herein referred to as the "First Closing Date". The certificates for the Firm
Securities so to be delivered will be in definitive form, in such denominations
and registered in such names as CSFBC requests and will be made available for
checking and packaging at the office of CSFBC at least 24 hours prior to the
First Closing Date.

         In addition, upon written notice from CSFBC given to the Company and
the Selling Stockholders from time to time not more than 30 days subsequent to
the date of the Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all
of the Optional Securities at the purchase price per Security to be paid for the
Firm Securities. The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of
Optional Securities specified in such notice and the Underwriters agree,
severally and not jointly, to purchase such Optional Securities. Such Optional
Securities shall be purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of
covering over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the Firm
Securities. No Optional Securities shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm
Securities 

                                       13
<PAGE>

previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to
purchase the Optional Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from
time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and
terminated at any time upon notice by CSFBC to the Company.

         Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities,
being herein referred to as an "Optional Closing Date," which may be the First
Closing Date (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any,
being sometimes referred to as a "Closing Date"), shall be determined by CSFBC
but shall be not later than five full business days after written notice of
election to purchase Optional Securities is given. The Company will deliver the
Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date to the
Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at the office of
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10103, against
payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by official
bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to
CSFBC drawn to the order of the Company, at the office of Fulbright & Jaworski
L.L.P., 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10103. The certificates for the Optional
Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be in definitive
form, in such denominations and registered in such names as CSFBC requests upon
reasonable notice prior to such Optional Closing Date and will be made available
for checking and packaging at the office of CSFBC at a reasonable time in
advance of such Optional Closing Date.

         4. OFFERING BY UNDERWRITERS. It is understood that the several
Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as
set forth in the Prospectus.

         5. CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS. The
Company and, to the extent herein set forth, the Selling Stockholders agree with
the several Underwriters that:

              (a) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is
         prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will
         file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance
         with subparagraph (1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by CSFBC,
         subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (A) the
         second business day following the execution and delivery of this
         Agreement or (B) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Date of
         the Initial Registration Statement. The Company will advise CSFBC
         promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b). If the Effective
         Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution
         and delivery of this Agreement and an additional registration statement
         is necessary to register a portion of the Offered Securities under the
         Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of such
         execution and delivery, the Company will file the additional
         registration statement or, if filed, will file a post-effective
         amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance
         with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New 

                                       14
<PAGE>

         York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to
         the time the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter,
         or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been
         consented to by CSFBC.

              (b) The Company will advise CSFBC promptly of any proposal to
         amend or supplement the initial or any additional registration
         statement as filed or the related prospectus or the Initial
         Registration Statement, the Additional Registration Statement (if any)
         or the Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplementation
         without CSFBC's consent; and the Company will also advise CSFBC
         promptly of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement (if its
         Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this
         Agreement) and of any amendment or supplementation of a Registration
         Statement or the Prospectus and of the institution by the Commission of
         any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement and
         will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop
         order and to obtain as soon as possible its lifting, if issued.

              (c) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered
         Securities is required to be delivered under the Act in connection with
         sales by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of
         which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an
         untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
         necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
         circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is
         necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Act,
         the Company will promptly notify CSFBC of such event and will promptly
         prepare and file with the Commission, at its own expense, an amendment
         or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or an
         amendment which will effect such compliance. Neither CSFBC's consent
         to, nor the Underwriters' delivery of, any such amendment or supplement
         shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section
         6.

              (d) As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability
         Date (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to
         its securityholders an earnings statement covering a period of at least
         12 months beginning after the Effective Date of the Initial
         Registration Statement (or, if later, the Effective Date of the
         Additional Registration Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of
         Section 11(a) of the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence,
         "Availability Date" means the 45th day after the end of the fourth
         fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes such
         Effective Date, except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last
         quarter of the Company's fiscal year, "Availability Date" means the
         90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

              (e) The Company will furnish to the Representatives copies of each

                                       15
<PAGE>

         Registration Statement, five of which will be signed and will include
         all exhibits), each related preliminary prospectus, and, so long as a
         prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is required to be
         delivered under the Act in connection with sales by any Underwriter or
         dealer, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such
         documents, in each case in such quantities as CSFBC reasonably
         requests. The Prospectus shall be so furnished on or prior to 3:00
         P.M., New York time, on the business day following the later of the
         execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Effective Time of the
         Initial Registration Statement. All other such documents shall be so
         furnished as soon as available. The Company will pay the expenses of
         printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

              (f) The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Offered
         Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as CSFBC may
         reasonably designate and will continue such qualifications in effect so
         long as required for the distribution, provided that in connection
         therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign
         corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any
         jurisdiction.

              (g) During the period of five years hereafter, the Company will
         furnish to the Representatives and, upon request, to each of the other
         Underwriters, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year,
         a copy of its annual report to stockholders for such year; and the
         Company will furnish to the Representatives (i) as soon as available, a
         copy of each report and any definitive proxy statement of the Company
         filed with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or
         mailed to stockholders, and (ii) from time to time, such other
         information concerning the Company as CSFBC may reasonably request.

              (h) For a period of 120 days after the date of the initial public
         offering of the Offered Securities, the Company will not offer, sell,
         contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or
         indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under
         the Act relating to, any additional shares of its Securities or
         securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any
         shares of its Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make
         any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior
         written consent of CSFBC, except issuances of Securities pursuant to
         the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or
         the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the
         date hereof, grants of employee stock options pursuant to the terms of
         a plan in effect on the date hereof and/or approved at the Company's
         1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, issuances of Securities pursuant
         to the exercise of such options or issuances of Securities in
         connection with acquisitions by the Company of additional travel
         service companies.

                                       16
<PAGE>

              (i) The Company and each Selling Stockholder agree with the
         several Underwriters that the Company and such Selling Stockholder will
         pay all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the
         Company and such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement, for any
         filing fees and other expenses (including fees and disbursements of
         counsel) in connection with qualification of the Offered Securities for
         sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as CSFBC designates and the
         printing of memoranda relating thereto, for the filing fee incident to,
         and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the
         Underwriters in connection with, the review by the National Association
         of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the Offered Securities, for any travel
         expenses of the Company's officers and employees and any other expenses
         of the Company in connection with attending or hosting meetings with
         prospective purchasers of the Offered Securities, for any transfer and
         other stamp taxes on the sale by the Selling Stockholders of the
         Offered Securities to the Underwriters and for expenses incurred in
         distributing preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus (including any
         amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters (collectively,
         the "Expenses"). The Company has agreed with the Selling Stockholders
         that it will pay all of the Expenses on the Selling Stockholders'
         behalf.

                  (j) Each Selling Stockholder agrees to deliver to CSFBC,
         attention: Transactions Advisory Group on or prior to the First Closing
         Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury
         Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by
         Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof).

              (k) Each Selling Stockholder agrees, for a period of 120 days
         after the date of the initial public offering of the Offered
         Securities, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise
         dispose of, directly or indirectly, any additional shares of the
         Securities of the Company or securities convertible into or
         exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Securities, or publicly
         disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or
         disposal, without the prior written consent of CSFBC.

         6. CONDITIONS OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS. The obligations
of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the
First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional
Closing Date will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and
warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein, to
the accuracy of the statements of Company officers made pursuant to the
provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Selling
Stockholders of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional
conditions precedent:

                                       17
<PAGE>

              (a) The Representatives shall have received a letter, dated the
         date of delivery thereof (which, if the Effective Time of the Initial
         Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this
         Agreement, shall be on or prior to the date of this Agreement or, if
         the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent
         to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be prior to the
         filing of the amendment or post-effective amendment to the registration
         statement to be filed shortly prior to such Effective Time), of Arthur
         Andersen LLP confirming that they are independent public accountants
         within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published Rules and
         Regulations thereunder with respect to the Company and each of the
         subsidiaries, other than Lexington, and stating to the effect that:

                      (i) in their opinion the financial statements and
              schedules of the Company, its consolidated subsidiaries, Cruises
              Only, Travel 800 and Cruises Inc. examined by them and included in
              the Registration Statements comply as to form in all material
              respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act
              and the related published Rules and Regulations;

                      (ii) they have performed the procedures specified by the
              American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for a review of
              interim financial information as described in Statement of
              Auditing Standards No. 71, Interim Financial Information, on the
              unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company
              included in the Registration Statements;

                      (iii) on the basis of the review referred to in clause
              (ii) above, a reading of the latest available interim financial
              statements of the Company, inquiries of officials of the Company
              who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters and
              other specified procedures, nothing came to their attention that
              caused them to believe that:

                                            (A) the unaudited financial
                           statements included in the Registration Statements do
                           not comply as to form in all material respects with
                           the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and
                           the related published Rules and Regulations or any
                           material modifications should be made to such
                           unaudited financial statements for them to be in
                           conformity with generally accepted accounting
                           principles;

                                            (B) at the date of the latest
                           available balance sheet read by such accountants, or
                           at a subsequent specified date not more than three
                           business days prior to the date of this Agreement,
                           there was any change in the capital stock or any
                           increase in short-term indebtedness or long-term debt
                           of the Company and its 

                                       18
<PAGE>

                           consolidated subsidiaries or, at the date of the
                           latest available balance sheet read by such
                           accountants, there was any decrease in consolidated
                           net current assets or net assets, as compared with
                           amounts shown on the latest balance sheet included in
                           the Prospectus; or

                                            (C) for the period from the closing
                           date of the latest income statement included in the
                           Prospectus to the closing date of the latest
                           available pro forma income statement read by such
                           accountants there were any decreases, as compared
                           with the corresponding period of the previous year in
                           pro forma consolidated net sales or pro forma net
                           operating income in the total or per share amounts of
                           pro forma consolidated net income;

                  except in all cases set forth for changes, increases or
                  decreases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may
                  occur;

                           (iv) they have compared specified dollar amounts (or
                  percentages derived from such dollar amounts) and other
                  financial information contained in the Registration Statements
                  (in each case to the extent that such dollar amounts,
                  percentages and other financial information are derived from
                  the general accounting records of the Company and its
                  subsidiaries subject to the internal controls of the Company's
                  accounting system or are derived directly from such records by
                  analysis or computation) with the results obtained from
                  inquiries, a reading of such general accounting records and
                  other procedures specified in such letter and have found such
                  dollar amounts, percentages and other financial information to
                  be in agreement with such results, except as otherwise
                  specified in such letter; and

                           (v) on the basis of a reading of the unaudited pro
                  forma consolidated financial statements included in the
                  Registration Statement and the Prospectus, carrying out
                  certain specified procedures that would not necessarily reveal
                  matters of significance with respect to the comments set forth
                  in this paragraph (v), inquiries of certain officials of the
                  Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and Lexington who
                  have responsibility for financial and accounting matters and
                  proving the arithmetic accuracy of the application of the pro
                  forma adjustments to the historical amounts in the unaudited
                  pro forma consolidated condensed financial statements, nothing
                  came to their attention that caused them to believe that the
                  unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial
                  statements do not comply in form in all material respects with
                  the applicable accounting requirements of Rule 11-02 of
                  Regulation S-X or that the pro forma adjustments have not been
                  properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation
                  of such 

                                       19
<PAGE>

                  statements.

                           In the event that the letters referred to above set
                  forth any such changes, decreases or increases, it shall be a
                  further condition to the obligations of the Underwriters that
                  (A) such letters shall be accompanied by a written explanation
                  of the Company as to the significance thereof, unless the
                  Representatives deem such explanation unnecessary, and (B)
                  such changes, decreases or increases do not, in the sole
                  judgment of the Representatives, make it impractical or
                  inadvisable to proceed with the purchase and delivery of the
                  Securities as contemplated by the Registration Statement, as
                  amended as of the date hereof.

         For purposes of this subsection, (i) if the Effective Time of the
         Initial Registration Statements is subsequent to the execution and
         delivery of this Agreement, "Registration Statements" shall mean the
         initial registration statement as proposed to be amended by the
         amendment or post-effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to its
         Effective Time, (ii) if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration
         Statements is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but
         the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is
         subsequent to such execution and delivery, "Registration Statements"
         shall mean the Initial Registration Statement and the additional
         registration statement as proposed to be filed or as proposed to be
         amended by the post-effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to
         its Effective Time, and (iii) "Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus
         included in the Registration Statements.

                  (b) The Representatives shall have received a letter, dated
         the date of delivery thereof (which, if the Effective Time of the
         Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery
         of this Agreement, shall be on or prior to the date of this Agreement
         or, if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is
         subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be
         prior to the filing of the amendment or post-effective amendment to the
         registration statement to be filed shortly prior to such Effective
         Time), of Ernst & Young LLP confirming that they are independent public
         accountants with respect to Lexington within the meaning of the Act and
         the applicable published Rules and Regulations thereunder and stating
         to the effect that:

                                    (i) in their opinion the financial
                  statements and schedules of Lexington examined by them and
                  included in the Registration Statements comply as to form in
                  all material respects with the applicable accounting
                  requirements of the Act and the related published Rules and
                  Regulations;

                                    (ii) they have performed the procedures
                  specified by the American Institute of Certified Public
                  Accountants for a review of interim 

                                       20
<PAGE>

                  financial information as described in Statement of Auditing
                  Standards No. 71, Interim Financial Information, on the
                  unaudited financial statements of Lexington included in the
                  Registration Statements; and

                                    (iii) they have compared specified dollar
                  amounts (or percentages derived from such dollar amounts) and
                  other financial information contained in the Registration
                  Statements (in each case to the extent that such dollar
                  amounts, percentages and other financial information are
                  derived from the general accounting records of Lexington
                  subject to the internal controls of Lexington's accounting
                  system or are derived directly from such records by analysis
                  or computation) with the results obtained from inquiries, a
                  reading of such general accounting records and other
                  procedures specified in such letter and have found such dollar
                  amounts, percentages and other financial information to be in
                  agreement with such results, except as otherwise specified in
                  such letter.

         For purposes of this subsection, (i) if the Effective Time of the
         Initial Registration Statements is subsequent to the execution and
         delivery of this Agreement, "Registration Statements" shall mean the
         initial registration statement as proposed to be amended by the
         amendment or post-effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to its
         Effective Time, (ii) if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration
         Statements is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but
         the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is
         subsequent to such execution and delivery, "Registration Statements"
         shall mean the Initial Registration Statement and the additional
         registration statement as proposed to be filed or as proposed to be
         amended by the post-effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to
         its Effective Time, and (iii) "Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus
         included in the Registration Statements.

                  (c) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration
         Statement is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
         such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New
         York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date as shall
         have been consented to by CSFBC. If the Effective Time of the
         Additional Registration Statement (if any) is not prior to the
         execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall
         have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of
         this Agreement or, if earlier, the time the Prospectus is printed and
         distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have occurred at such later
         date as shall have been consented to by CSFBC. If the Effective Time of
         the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and
         delivery of this Agreement, the Prospectus shall have been filed with
         the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Section
         5(a) of this Agreement. Prior to such Closing Date, no stop order
         suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement shall have
         been issued and no 

                                       21
<PAGE>

         proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the
         knowledge of any Selling Stockholder, the Company or the
         Representatives, shall be contemplated by the Commission.

                  (d) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this
         Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any
         development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition
         (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of
         the Company or its subsidiaries which, in the judgment of a majority in
         interest of the Underwriters including the Representatives, is material
         and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with
         completion of the public offering or the sale of and payment for the
         Offered Securities; (ii) any downgrading in the rating of any debt
         securities of the Company by any "nationally recognized statistical
         rating organization" (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the
         Act), or any public announcement that any such organization has under
         surveillance or review its rating of any debt securities of the Company
         (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible
         upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such
         rating); (iii) any suspension or limitation of trading in securities
         generally on The Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market, or any
         suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange
         or in the over-the-counter market; (iv) any banking moratorium declared
         by U.S. Federal or New York authorities; or (v) any outbreak or
         escalation of major hostilities in which the United States is involved,
         any declaration of war by Congress or any other substantial national or
         international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of a majority
         in interest of the Underwriters including the Representatives, the
         effect of any such outbreak, escalation, declaration, calamity or
         emergency makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with
         completion of the public offering or the sale of and payment for the
         Offered Securities.

                  (e) The Representatives shall have received the agreement of
         each Selling Stockholder selling less than the entire number of shares
         of common stock held by such Selling Stockholder, executive officer and
         director of the Company that such person agrees, for a period of 120
         days after the date of the initial public offering of the Offered
         Securities, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise
         dispose of, directly or indirectly, any additional shares of the
         Securities of the Company or securities convertible into or
         exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Securities, or publicly
         disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or
         disposal, without the prior written consent of CSFBC.

                  (f) The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated
         such Closing Date, of Greenberg Traurig Hoffman Lipoff Rosen & Quentel,
         P.A., counsel for the Company ("Company Counsel"), to the effect that:

                           (i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is an
                  existing 

                                       22
<PAGE>

                  corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of
                  Delaware, with corporate power and authority to own its
                  properties and conduct its business as described in the
                  Prospectus; and the Company is duly qualified to do business
                  as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other
                  jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or
                  the conduct of its business requires such qualification except
                  for such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify would
                  not have a Material Adverse Effect;

                           (ii) Each subsidiary of the Company is duly
                  incorporated and is an existing corporation in good standing
                  in the jurisdiction set forth on Exhibit 21 to the
                  Registration Statement with corporate power and authority to
                  own its properties and conduct its business as described in
                  the Prospectus; and each Subsidiary is duly qualified to do
                  business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all
                  other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of
                  property or the conduct of its business requires such
                  qualification except for such jurisdictions where the failure
                  to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

                           (iii) The Offered Securities delivered on such
                  Closing Date and all other outstanding shares of the Common
                  Stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly
                  issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and conform to the
                  description thereof contained in the Prospectus; and the
                  stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with
                  respect to the Securities. The form of certificate used to
                  evidence the Common Stock is in due and proper form and
                  complies with all applicable requirements of the charter and
                  by-laws of the Company and the General Corporation Law of the
                  State of Delaware. The description of the Company's stock
                  option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and
                  the options or other rights granted and exercised thereunder,
                  set forth in the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the
                  information required to be shown with respect to such plans,
                  arrangements, options and rights;

                           (iv) All of the issued and outstanding capital stock
                  of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly
                  issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the
                  Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of
                  any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or,
                  to the best knowledge of such counsel, any pending or
                  threatened claim.

                                    (v) There are no contracts, agreements or
                  understandings known to such counsel between the Company and
                  any person granting such person the right to require the
                  Company to file a registration statement under the Act with
                  respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be 

                                       23
<PAGE>

                  owned by such person or to require the Company to include such
                  securities in the securities registered pursuant to the
                  Registration Statement or in any securities being registered
                  pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the
                  Company under the Act;

                                    (vi) The Company is not and, after giving
                  effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and
                  the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the
                  Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" as defined in
                  the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                                    (vii) No consent, approval, authorization or
                  order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or
                  any court is required to be obtained or made by the Company or
                  any Selling Stockholder for the consummation of the
                  transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Custody
                  Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered
                  Securities, except such as have been obtained and made under
                  the Act and such as may be required under state securities
                  laws;

                                    (viii) The execution, delivery and
                  performance of this Agreement or the Custody Agreement and the
                  consummation of the transactions herein or therein
                  contemplated (a) have been duly authorized by all necessary
                  corporate action on the part of the Company; and (b) will not
                  result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and
                  provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, any
                  rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body
                  or any court having jurisdiction over the Company or any
                  subsidiary of the Company or any of their properties, or any
                  agreement or instrument to which the Company or any such
                  subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any such
                  subsidiary is bound or to which any of the properties of the
                  Company or any such subsidiary is subject, or the charter or
                  by-laws of the Company or any such subsidiary;

                                    (ix) The Initial Registration Statement was
                  declared effective under the Act as of the date and time
                  specified in such opinion, the Additional Registration
                  Statement (if any) was filed and became effective under the
                  Act as of the date and time (if determinable) specified in
                  such opinion, the Prospectus either was filed with the
                  Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b)
                  specified in such opinion on the date specified therein or was
                  included in the Initial Registration Statement or the
                  Additional Registration Statement (as the case may be), and,
                  to the best of the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order
                  suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or
                  any part thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that
                  purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated
                  under the Act, and each Registration Statement and the

                                       24
<PAGE>

                  Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of
                  their respective effective or issue dates, complied as to form
                  in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and
                  the Rules and Regulations; the descriptions in the
                  Registration Statements and Prospectus of statutes, legal and
                  governmental proceedings and contracts and other documents are
                  accurate and fairly present the information required to be
                  shown; and such counsel do not know of any legal or
                  governmental proceedings required to be described in a
                  Registration Statement or the Prospectus which are not
                  described as required or of any contracts or documents of a
                  character required to be described in a Registration Statement
                  or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to a Registration
                  Statement which are not described and filed as required; it
                  being understood that such counsel need express no opinion as
                  to the financial statements or other financial data contained
                  in the Registration Statements or the Prospectus;

                                    (x) This Agreement has been duly authorized,
                  executed and delivered by the Company;

                                    (xi) The Securities have been approved for
                  listing on The Nasdaq Stock Market;

                                    (xii) The statements (a) in the Prospectus
                  under the captions "Risk Factors--Effect of Certain Charter
                  Provisions; Anti-Takeover Effects," "Description of Capital
                  Stock" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and (b) in Item
                  14 and Item 15 of the Registration Statement, insofar as such
                  statements constitute matters of law, summaries of legal
                  matters, the Company's charter or by-law provisions, documents
                  or legal proceedings, or legal conclusions, has been reviewed
                  by such counsel and fairly present and summarize, in all
                  material respects, the matters referred to therein;

                                    (xiii) To the best knowledge of such
                  counsel, there are no legal or governmental actions, suits or
                  proceedings pending or threatened which are required to be
                  disclosed in the Registration Statement, other than those
                  disclosed therein;

                                    (xiv) To the best knowledge of such counsel,
                  there are no contracts or agreements required to be described
                  or referred to in the Registration Statement or to be filed as
                  exhibits thereto other than those described or referred to
                  therein or filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits
                  thereto; and the descriptions thereof and references thereto
                  are correct in all material respects;

                                    (xv) To the best knowledge of such counsel,
                  neither the Company 

                                       25
<PAGE>

                  nor any subsidiary is in violation of its charter or by-laws
                  or any law, administrative regulation or administrative or
                  court decree applicable to the Company or any subsidiary or is
                  in default in the performance or observance of any obligation,
                  agreement, covenant or condition contained in any material
                  agreement, except in each such case for such violations or
                  defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate,
                  result in a material adverse change to the Company and its
                  subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                  In addition, such counsel shall state that such counsel have
         no reason to believe that any part of a Registration Statement or any
         amendment thereto, as of its effective date or as of such Closing Date,
         contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state
         any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
         the statements therein not misleading; or that the Prospectus or any
         amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date or as of such
         Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or
         omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the
         statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
         were made, not misleading;

                  (g) The Representatives shall have received the opinion
         contemplated in the POA/Custody Agreement executed and delivered by
         each Selling Stockholder and an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of
         _____________________, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, to the 
         effect that:

                           (i) Each Selling Stockholder had valid and
                  unencumbered title to the Offered Securities delivered by such
                  Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date and had full right,
                  power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the
                  Offered Securities delivered by such Selling Stockholder on
                  such Closing Date hereunder; and the several Underwriters have
                  acquired valid and unencumbered title to the Offered
                  Securities purchased by them from the Selling Stockholders on
                  such Closing Date hereunder;

                           (ii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of,
                  or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court
                  is required to be obtained or made by any Selling Stockholder
                  for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the
                  Custody Agreement or this Agreement in connection with the
                  sale of the Offered Securities sold by the Selling
                  Stockholders, except such as have been obtained and made under
                  the Act and such as may be required under state securities
                  laws

                           (iii) The execution, delivery and performance of the
                  Custody Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation of
                  the transactions therein and herein contemplated will not
                  result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and
                  provisions of, or constitute a default under, any

                                       26
<PAGE>

                  statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental
                  agency or body or any court having jurisdiction over any
                  Selling Stockholder or any of their properties or any
                  agreement or instrument to which any Selling Stockholder is a
                  party or by which any Selling Stockholder is bound or to which
                  any of the properties of any Selling Stockholder is subject or
                  the charter or by-laws of any Selling Stockholder which is a
                  corporation; and

                           (iv) The Power of Attorney and related Custody
                  Agreement with respect to each Selling Stockholder has been
                  duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling
                  Stockholder and constitute valid and legally binding
                  obligations of each such Selling Stockholder enforceable in
                  accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy,
                  insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium
                  and similar laws of general applicability relating to or
                  affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;
                  and

                           (v) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
                  and delivered by each Selling Stockholder.

                  (h) The Representatives shall have received from Fulbright &
         Jaworski L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or
         opinions, dated such Closing Date, with respect to the incorporation of
         the Company, the validity of the Offered Securities delivered on such
         Closing Date, the Registration Statements, the Prospectus and other
         related matters as the Representatives may require, and the Selling
         Stockholders and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such
         documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon
         such matters.

                  (i) The Representatives shall have received a certificate,
         dated such Closing Date, of the President and the principal financial
         or accounting officer of the Company in which such officers, to the
         best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, shall state
         that: the representations and warranties of the Company in this
         Agreement are true and correct; the Company has complied with all
         agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or
         satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date; no stop order
         suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been
         issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are
         contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement
         (if any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of
         Rule 462(b) was filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the
         applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) under the
         Act, prior to the time the Prospectus was printed and distributed to
         any Underwriter; and, subsequent to the date of the most recent
         financial statements in the Prospectus, there has been no material
         adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective
         material adverse change, in the condition 

                                       27
<PAGE>

         (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of
         the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole except as set forth
         in or contemplated by the Prospectus or as described in such
         certificate.

                           (j) The Representatives shall have received a
         certificate, dated such Closing Date of the Attorney-in-Fact of each
         Selling Stockholder, to the effect that the representations, warranties
         and covenants of such Selling Stockholder set forth in Section 2(b) of
         this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as
         though expressly made by such Selling Stockholder on and as of such
         Closing Date and such Selling Stockholder has complied with all the
         agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed
         or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date.

                           (k) On the date hereof, the Company and the Selling
         Stockholders shall have furnished for review by the Representatives
         copies of the POA/Custody Agreements executed by each of the Selling
         Stockholders and such further information, certificates and documents
         as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

                           (l) On or before such Closing Date, the
         Representatives and counsel for the Representatives shall have received
         such information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably require
         for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of
         the Securities as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the
         accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the
         satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained.

                           (m) The Representatives shall have received a letter,
         dated such Closing Date, of Arthur Anderson L.L.P. which meets the
         requirements of subsection (a) of this Section, except that the
         specified date referred to in such subsection will be a date not more
         than three business days prior to such Closing Date for the purposes of
         this subsection.

                           (n) The Representatives shall have received a letter,
         dated such Closing Date, of Ernst & Young which meets the requirements
         of subsection (b) of this Section, except that the specified date
         referred to in such subsection will be a date not more than three
         business days prior to such Closing Date for the purposes of this
         subsection.

The Selling Stockholders and the Company will furnish the Representatives with
such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as
the Representatives reasonably request. CSFBC may in its sole discretion waive
on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to the obligations
of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional Closing Date or
otherwise.

                                       28
<PAGE>

         7. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION. (a) The Company will indemnify and
hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject,
under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in
any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based
upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred;
provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based
upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged
omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the
Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed
that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the
information described as such in subsection (c) below; and provided, further,
that the obligation of the Company to indemnify the Underwriters pursuant to
this Agreement is subject to the condition that, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses relate to any such untrue statement, alleged
untrue statement, omission or alleged omission made in any of the preliminary
prospectuses that is corrected in the Prospectus, such indemnity agreement shall
not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting such
losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses purchased the Shares in the
Offering, if (i) such Underwriter failed to deliver a copy of the Prospectus to
such person at or prior to the time delivery of the Prospectus is required by
the Act, unless such failure was due to the failure by the Company to provide
copies of the Prospectus to such Underwriters; and (ii) the delivery of such
Prospectus to such person would have constituted a complete defense to the
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses asserted by such person;
provided that the Company shall have complied with Section 5(e).

         (a) The Selling Stockholders, severally but not jointly, will indemnify
and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement,
the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related
preliminary prospectus which was provided in writing by any such Selling
Stockholder, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are

                                       29
<PAGE>

incurred; provided, however, that the Selling Stockholders will not be liable in
any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability
arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an
Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being
understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any
Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c)
below and provided further that the liability under this subsection of each
Selling Stockholder shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate net
proceeds to such Selling Stockholder from the sale of Securities sold by such
Selling Stockholder hereunder.

         (b) Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold
harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may
become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based
upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact
contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or
are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was
made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to
the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use
therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
the Company and each Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are
incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information
furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the
Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the last paragraph at the
bottom of the cover page concerning the terms of the offering by the
Underwriters, the legend concerning over-allotments, stabilizing and passive
market making on the inside front cover page, the list of Underwriters appearing
under the caption "Underwriting," the concession and reallowance figures
appearing in the fourth paragraph under the caption "Underwriting" and the
information contained in the last three paragraphs under the caption
"Underwriting."

         (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section
of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under
subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, notify the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will
not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party
otherwise than under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above. In case any such action
is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies an indemnifying party
of the 

                                       30
<PAGE>

commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate
therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying
party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel
satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent
of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after
notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so
to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party
shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any
settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any
indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been
sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement includes an
unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims
that are the subject matter of such action.

         (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable
or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b)
or (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid
or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages
or liabilities referred to in subsection (a), (b) or (c) above (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by
clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i)
above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on
the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements
or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as
well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits
received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the
Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the
total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the
Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts
and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state
a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Selling
Stockholders or the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,
access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue
statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of
the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of
this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating
or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (e).
Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
underwriting commissions 

                                       31
<PAGE>

received by such Underwriters in connection with the Securities underwritten by
it exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from
any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The
Underwriters' obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in
proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

         (e) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under
this Section shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the
Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms
and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the
meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section
shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may
otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each
director of the Company, to each officer of the Company who has signed a
Registration Statement and to each person, if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of the Act.

         8. DEFAULT OF UNDERWRITERS. If any Underwriter or Underwriters default
in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on either the
First or any Optional Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares of Offered
Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to
purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities
that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, CSFBC may
make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for
the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the
Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the
non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their
respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Offered Securities that such
defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If
any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of shares of
Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds
10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters
are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to
CSFBC, the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Offered
Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default,
this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except as
provided in Section 9 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to
Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not
terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased prior
to such termination). As used in this Agreement, the term "Underwriter" includes
any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein
will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

                                       32
<PAGE>

         9. SURVIVAL OF CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND OBLIGATIONS. The respective
indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the
Selling Stockholders, of the Company or its officers and of the several
Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full
force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the
results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any Selling
Stockholder, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or
directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment
for the Offered Securities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section
8 or if for any reason the purchase of the Offered Securities by the
Underwriters is not consummated, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall
remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by them pursuant to
Section 5 and the respective obligations of the Company, the Selling
Stockholders, and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 shall remain in effect,
and if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder the representations
and warranties in Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also
remain in effect. If the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters
is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination
of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8 or the occurrence of any event specified
in clause (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 6(d), the Company will reimburse the
Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of
counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the
Offered Securities.

         10. NOTICES. All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if
sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed
to the Representatives c/o Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Eleven
Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010-3629, Attention: Investment Banking
Department - Transactions Advisory Group, or, if sent to the Company, will be
mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at 220 Congress Park Drive,
Delray Beach, Florida 33445, Attention: Suzanne B. Bell, Esq., or, if sent to
the Selling Stockholders or any of them, will be mailed, delivered or
telegraphed and confirmed to ____________________ at_________________________ ;
provided, however, that any notice to a party pursuant to Section 7 will be
mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to such party.

         11. SUCCESSORS. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the parties hereto and their respective personal representatives
and successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred
to in Section 7, and no other person will have any right or obligation
hereunder.

         12. REPRESENTATION. The Representatives will act for the several
Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representatives jointly or by
CSFBC will be binding upon all the Underwriters. ______________ will act for the
Selling Stockholders in connection with such transactions, and any action under
or in respect of this Agreement taken 

                                       33
<PAGE>

         by _______________________________will be binding upon all the Selling
Stockholders.

         13. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such
counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

         14. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

         The Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the
Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in
any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representative[`s][s']
understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company one of the
counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the
Selling Stockholders, the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance
with its terms.

                          Very truly yours,

                                   TRAVEL SERVICES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                   BY
                                     ---------------------------------------
                                                [INSERT TITLE]

                                   ROBERT G. FALCONE
                                   D. FRASER BULLOCK
                                   J&W HELLER CORP.
                                   800 IDEAS, INC.
                                   GREYSTONES, INC.
                                   WILLIAM M. DeARMAN
                                   CRAIG SAKIN
                                   LEONARD A. POTTER
                                   WILLIAM J. LYNCH
                                   GEORGE R. BEGLEY UST, GEORGE R.
                                     BEGLEY, JR.
                                   GEORGE R. BEGLEY UST, TRACEY
                                     CHETTLE BEGLEY
                                   THE B&LR INVESTSMENT COMPANY

                                       34
<PAGE>
     
                                     THE BRENT & LORI ROBINSON
                                        CHARITABLE TRUST
                                     WILLIAM F. GOROG
                                     TODD CHAFFEE
                                     JOHN C. BACHUS, JR. REVOCABLE TRUST
                                     RAELOCK VENTURES, LTD.
                                     MARTIN CULVER
                                     ANTHONY ANTONELLI
                                     THE ANTHONY ANTONELLI RETIREMENT
                                      FUND
                                     SAND FINANS A/S
                                     MELTZER FAMILY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                     EDUCATIONAL TRUST FOR ALEX
                                        BLUTINGER
                                     EDUCATIONAL TRUST FOR ERIK
                                        BLUTINGER
                                     EDUCATIONAL TRUST FOR JONATHAN
                                        BLULTINGER
                                     ROBERT RUDOLPH
                                     GORDON MACKLIN FAMILY TRUST
                                     MELVIN USDAN
                                     STEVEN GARCHIK
                                     DOUGLAS W. COMFORT
                                     ROBERT SILVERBERG
                                     SOL W. GOODMAN
                                     MARTIN KAHN

                                     By:
                                        --------------------------------------
                                               Attorney-in-Fact

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed 
  and accepted as of the date first above written.

         CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION 
         ING BARING FURMAN SELZ LLC
         NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC 
         RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.

                  Acting on behalf of themselves and as the 
                    Representatives of the several Underwriters.

                                       35
<PAGE>

         By  CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION

         By
           -----------------------------------------

                                       36
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                                                 NUMBER OF
                                               FIRM SECURITIES
SELLING STOCKHOLDER                              TO BE SOLD
- -------------------                            ---------------
Robert G. Falcone                                       25,000
D. Fraser Bullock                                       20,000
J&W Heller Corp.                                        65,000
800 Ideas, Inc.                                        681,000
Greystones, Inc.                                       704,063
William M. DeArman                                      14,391
Craig Sakin                                              9,035
Leonard A. Potter                                       35,000
William J. Lynch                                        25,000
George R. Begley UST, George R.
   Begly, Jr.                                            4,000
George R. Begley UST, Tracey
   Chettle Begley                                        4,000
The B&LR Investment Company                             44,110
The Brent & Lori Robinson Charitable
   Trust                                                25,000
William F. Gorog                                         3,500
Todd Chaffee                                             4,464
John C. Bachus, Jr. Revocable Trust                     30,000
Raelock Ventures, Ltd.                                   8,929
Martin Culver                                           17,430
Anthony Antonelli                                       17,001
The Anthony Antonelli Retirement
   Fund                                                 27,555
Sand Finans A/S                                          8,929
Meltzer Family Limited Partnership                      27,035
Educational Trust for Alex
   Blutinger                                             4,290
Educational Trust for Erik
   Blutinger                                             4,290
Educational Trust for Jonathan
   Blutinger                                             4,290
Prudent Investments, L.L.C.                              8,929
Robert Rudolph                                          31,665
Gordon Macklin Family Trust                             15,618
Melvin Usdan                                            20,000
Steven Garchik                                          55,000
Douglas W. Comfort                                      22,000
Robert Silverberg                                        8,929
Sol W. Goodman                                           8,929
Martin Kahn                                             15,618
                                                     ---------
Total......................................          2,000,000
                                                     =========

                                       37
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B

                                                                    NUMBER OF
                                                                 FIRM SECURITIES
                      UNDERWRITERS                               TO BE PURCHASED
                      ------------                               ---------------
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation.....................
ING Baring Furman Selz LLC.................................
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC......................
Raymond James & Associates, Inc............................
                                                                    --------- 
Total:.....................................................         3,500,000
                                                                    =========

                                       38

                                                                       EXHIBIT 5

                                                              July 14, 1998

Travel Services International, Inc.
220 Congress Park Drive
Delray Beach, Florida  33445

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         On July 14, 1998, Travel Services International, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Amendment No. 2 to a Registration Statement (File No. 333-56567) on Form S-1
(the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"). Such Registration Statement relates to the sale of up to 3,500,000
shares (the "Shares") of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
(the "Common Stock"), consisting of 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold
by the Company and an additional 2,000,000 shares to be sold by certain
stockholders thereof (the "Selling Stockholders"). We have acted as counsel to
the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration
Statement.

         In connection with the Registration Statement, we have examined,
considered and relied upon copies of the following documents (collectively, the
"Documents"): (i) the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; (ii)
resolutions of the Company's Board of Directors authorizing the offering and the
issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company and related matters; (iii) the
Registration Statement and exhibits thereto; and (iv) such other documents and
instruments that we have deemed necessary for the expression of the opinions
herein contained. In making the foregoing examinations, we have assumed without
investigation the genuineness of all 

<PAGE>

signatures and the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals,
the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us
as copies, and the veracity of the Documents. As to various questions of fact
material to the opinion expressed below, we have relied, to the extent we deemed
reasonably appropriate, upon the representations or certificates of officers
and/or directors of the Company and upon documents, records and instruments
furnished to us by the Company, without independently verifying the accuracy of
such certificates, documents, records or instruments.

         Based upon the foregoing examination, and subject to the qualifications
set forth below, we are of the opinion that (i) the Shares to be sold by the
Company have been duly and validly authorized, and when issued and delivered in
accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to
the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable and (ii) the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders
pursuant to the Registration Statement have been duly and validly authorized and
issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

         Although we have acted as counsel to the Company in connection the
preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, our engagement has been
limited to certain matters about which we have been consulted. Consequently,
there exist matters of a legal nature involving the Company in which we have not
been consulted and have not represented the Company. This opinion letter is
limited to the matters stated herein and no opinions may be implied or inferred
beyond the matters expressly stated herein. The opinions expressed herein are
given as of this date, and we assume no obligation to update or supplement our
opinions to reflect any facts or circumstances that may come to our attention or
any change in law that may occur or become effective at a later date.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to our name under the caption "Legal
Matters" in the prospectus comprising a part of the Registration Statement. In
giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included within the
category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                    Sincerely,

                    /S/ GREENBERG TRAURIG HOFFMAN
                    LIPOFF ROSEN & QUENTEL, P.A.

                    GREENBERG TRAURIG HOFFMAN
                    LIPOFF ROSEN & QUENTEL, P.A.

                                                                      EXHIBIT 21

                                   EXHIBIT 21

                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

ABC Corporate Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
AutoEurope, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
AutoNet International, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Cruise Mart, Inc., a Florida corporation
Cruise Masters, Inc., a California corporation
Cruise Time, Inc., a New York corporation
CruiseOne, Inc., a Florida corporation
Cruises Inc., a New York corporation
Cruises Only, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
CruiseWorld, Inc., a New York corporation
D-FW Tours, Inc., d/b/a D-FW Travel Arrangements, a Texas corporation
Diplomat Tours, Inc., d/b/a International Airline Consolidators, a Delaware 
  corporation
Gold Coast Travel Agency Corporation, Inc. d/b/a Gold Coast Cruise Center, a 
  Florida corporation
Goodfellow Enterprises, Inc. d/b/a The Travel Company, a California corporation
Lexington Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Lexington Services Associates, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership
Lexington Services Limited, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Landry & Kling, Inc., a Florida corporation
Ship `N' Shore Cruises, Inc., a Florida corporation
SNS Coachline, Inc., an Alaska corporation
SNS Travel Marketing, Inc., a Florida corporation
The Anthony Dean Corporation, d/b/a Cruise Fairs of America, a California 
  corporation
The Cruise Line, Inc., a Florida corporation
Travel 800, LLC, d/b/a 1-800-FLY CHEAP, a Delaware limited liability company 
Trax Software, Inc., a Virginia corporation



                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.2

              CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports (and to all references to our firm) included in or made a part of this
registration statement.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

West Palm Beach, Florida,
     July 14, 1998.



                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.3

                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated April 17, 1998, with respect to the financial
statements of Lexington Services Associates Ltd. included in the Registration
Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus of Travel Services International
Inc. dated June 11, 1998.

Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas
     July 14, 1998.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission